This is a modern-English version of New Englands Prospect: A true, lively, and experimentall description of that part of America, commonly called New England: discovering the state of that Countrie, both as it stands to our new-come English Planters; and to the old Native Inhabitants, originally written by Wood, William, active 1629-1635.
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.
NEW
England's
Opportunity.


Noble Sir.
Noble Sir.

The good assurance of your native worth, and thrice generous disposition, as also the continuall manifestation of your bounteous favour, and love towards my selfe in particular, hath so bound my thankfull acknowledgement, that I count it the least part of my service to present the first fruites of my farre-fetcht experience, to the kinde acceptance of your charitable hands: well knowing that though this my worke, owne not worth enough to deserve your patronage, yet such is your benigne humanity, that I am confident you will daigne it your protection, under which it willingly shrowdes it selfe. And as it is reported of that man whose name was Alexander, being a cowardly milke-sop by nature, yet hearing of the valiant courage of that magnificent Hero, Alexander the Great, whose name hee bore, he thenceforth became stout and valorous; and as he was animated by having the very name of puissant Alexander; so shall these my weake and feble labours, receive life and courage by the patronage of your much esteemed selfe; whereby they shall bee able to out-face the keenest fanges of a blacke mouth'd Momus. For from hence the world may conclude, that either there was some worth in the booke, that caused so wise a person to looke upon it, and to vouchsafe to owne it, or else if they suppose that in charity he fosterd it, as being a poore helpelesse brat, they may thence learne to do so likewise. If here I should take upon me the usuall straine of a soothing Epistolizer, I should (though upon better grounds than many) sound forth a full mouth'd encomiasticke of your incomparable worth: but though your deserts may justly challenge it, yet I know your vertuous modesty would not thanke me for it; and indeed your owne actions are the best Heralds of your owne praise, which in spite of envy it selfe must speake you Wise, and truly Noble: and I for my part, if I may but present any thing, which either for its profit or delight may obtaine your favourable approbation, I have already reaped the harvest of my expectation; onely I must desire you to pardon my bold presumption, as thus to make your well deserving name, the frontispeece to so rude and ill deserving frame. Thus wishing a confluence of all blessings both of the throne, and foot-stoole, to be multiplied upon your selfe, and your vertuous Consort, my very good Lady, together with all the Stemmes of your Noble family, I take my leave and rest,
The assurance of your inherent worth and your incredibly generous nature, along with your constant display of kindness and love towards me specifically, has made me feel deeply grateful. I see it as my duty to present the first results of my hard-earned experience for your kind acceptance, knowing well that while my work may not be worthy of your support, your kind-heartedness will allow it to find shelter under your protection. Just as it’s said that a man named Alexander, who was timid by nature, became courageous after hearing about the heroic feats of Alexander the Great, so too will my weak efforts gain strength and confidence under the patronage of someone as esteemed as you. This support will help my work withstand even the sharpest criticism from a harsh critic like Momus. It suggests to the world that either my book possesses some value to attract the attention of someone as intelligent as you, or if they think you supported it out of kindness, they may learn to extend the same generosity. If I were to take the usual route of flattery in a letter, I could easily sing your praises, though I would have better reasons than many. Yet even if your accomplishments warrant it, I know your modesty wouldn’t thank me. Your own actions are the best testimonials of your worth, which must speak for your wisdom and true nobility despite any envy. For my part, if I can present anything that either brings you pleasure or benefit and earns your approval, I would feel I have already fulfilled my expectations. I just ask that you forgive my boldness in placing your deserving name at the forefront of such a rough and undeserving work. Wishing for an abundance of blessings from both the throne and the footstool to be multiplied upon you and your virtuous partner, my good Lady, as well as your noble family, I take my leave and rest.

Courteous Reader,
Dear Reader,

Though I will promise thee no such voluminous discourse, as many have made upon a scanter subject, (though they have travailed no further than the smoake of their owne native chimnies) yet dare I presume to present thee with the true, and faithfull relation of some few yeares travels and experience, wherein I would be loath to broach any thing which may puzzle thy beleefe, and so justly draw upon my selfe, that unjust aspersion commonly laid on travailers; of whom many say, They may lye by authority, because none can controule them; which Proverbe had surely his originall from the sleepy beleefe of many a home-bred Dormouse, who comprehends not either the raritie or possibility of those things he sees not, to whom the most classicke relations seeme riddles, and paradoxes: of whom it may be said as once of Diogenes, that because he circled himselfe in the circumference of a tubbe, he therefore contemned the Port and Pallace of Alexander, which he knew not. So there is many a tub-brain'd Cynicke, who because any thing stranger than ordinary, is too large for the straite hoopes of his apprehension, he peremptorily concludes it is a lye: But I decline this sort of thicke-witted readers, and dedicate the mite of my endeavours to my more credulous, ingenious, and lesse censorious Country-men, for whose sake I undertooke this worke; and I did it the rather, because there hath some relations heretofore past the Presse, which have beene very imperfect; as also because there hath beene many scandalous and false reports past upon the Country, even from the sulphurious breath of every base ballad-monger: wherefore to perfect the one, and take off the other, I have laid downe the nature of the Country, without any partiall respect unto it, as being my dwelling place where I have lived these foure yeares, and intend God willing to returne shortly againe; but my conscience is to me a thousand witnesses, that what I speake is the very truth, and this will informe thee almost as fully concerning it, as if thou wentest over to see it. Now whereas I have written the latter part of this relation concerning the Indians, in a more light and facetious stile, than the former; because their carriage and behaviour hath afforded more matter of mirth, and laughter, than gravity and wisedome; and therefore I have inserted many passages of mirth concerning them, to spice the rest of my more serious discourse, and to make it more pleasant. Thus thou mayest in two or three houres travaile over a few leaves, see and know that, which cost him that writ it, yeares and travaile, over Sea and Land before he knew it; and therefore I hope thou wilt accept it; which shall be my full reward, as it was my whole ambition, and so I rest,
Though I won’t promise you a lengthy discussion like many have done on a simpler topic, (even though they haven’t gone beyond the smoke of their own fireplaces), I dare to offer you an honest account of a few years of travel and experiences. I would be reluctant to bring up anything that might confuse you, and justly bring upon myself the unfair label often given to travelers; many say that they can lie with authority because no one can challenge them. This saying likely originated from the narrow-mindedness of many homebodies who don’t understand the rarity or possibility of things they haven’t seen, for whom even the most classic accounts seem like riddles and paradoxes. It can be said of them, as was said of Diogenes, that because he lived in a tub, he dismissed the port and palace of Alexander, which he knew nothing about. Similarly, there are many narrow-minded cynics who conclude that anything stranger than usual must be a lie, simply because it’s beyond their limited understanding. However, I choose to ignore such thick-headed readers and dedicate my efforts to my more open-minded, clever, and less judgmental countrymen, for whom I undertook this work. I did so particularly because some accounts have been published that are very incomplete, and because there have been many scandalous and false reports about the country, even from the deceitful mouths of various ballad-sellers. To correct the former and dismiss the latter, I have outlined the nature of the country without any bias, as it’s the place where I’ve lived for the past four years and plan to return to shortly, God willing. My conscience bears witness that what I say is the truth, and this will inform you almost as fully as if you went there yourself. Now, regarding the latter part of this account about the Indians, I have written in a lighter and more humorous style than the earlier sections because their behavior has provided more opportunities for amusement and laughter than for seriousness and wisdom. Thus, I have included many amusing anecdotes about them to add some flavor to the rest of my more serious commentary and make it more enjoyable. In just two or three hours, you can flip through a few pages and learn what took the author years of travel across land and sea to discover; therefore, I hope you will accept it, which will be my full reward, as it was my only ambition, and so I rest.

The Table.
Part 1. | Page. |
Chap. 1. Of the Situation, Bayes, Havens, and Inlets. | 1 |
Chap. 2. Of the seasons of the yeare, Winter and Summer, together with the heat, cold, snow, raine, and the effects of it. | 3 |
Chap. 3. Of the Climate, length, and shortnesse of day and night, with the suiteablenesse of it to English bodies for health and sicknesse. | 8 |
Chap. 4. Of the nature of the Soyle. | 10 |
Chap. 5. Of the Hearbs, Fruits, Woods, Waters, and Minerals. | 13 |
Chap. 6. Of the Beasts that live on the land. | 18 |
Chap. 7. Beasts living in the water. | 24 |
Chap. 8. Of the Birds and Fowles both of land and water. | 26 |
Chap. 9. Of Fish. | 32 |
Chap. 10. Of the severall plantations in particular. | 36 |
Chap. 11. Of the evils, and such things as are hurtful in the plantation. | 44 |
Chap. 12. What provision is to be made for a Iourney at Sea, and what to carry with us for our use at Land. | 49 |
Part 2. | Page. |
Chap. 1. Of the Connectacuts, Mowhacks, or such Indians as are West-ward. | 56 |
Chap. 2. Of the Tarrenteenes or the Indians inhabiting East-ward. | 60 |
Chap. 3. Of the Pequants and Narragansets, inhabiting South-ward. | 61 |
Chap. 4. Of the Aberginians or Indians North-ward. | 62 |
Chap. 5. Of their Apparell, Ornaments, Paintings, &c. | 64 |
Chap. 6. Of their diet, cookery, &c. | 65 |
Chap. 7. Of their dispositions and good qualifications, as friendship, &c. | 69 |
Chap. 8. Of their hardinesse. | 75 |
Chap. 9. Of their wondring at the first view of any strange invention. | 77 |
Chap. 10. Of their Kings governement, and Subiects obedience. | 79 |
Chap. 11. Of their Mariages, &c. | 81 |
Chap. 12. Of their worship, &c. | 82 |
Chap. 13. Of their Warres. | 84 |
Chap. 14. Their games, sports, &c. | 85 |
Chap. 15. Of their huntings. | 88 |
Chap. 16. Of their Fishings. | 89 |
Chap. 17. Of their Arts, &c. | 90 |
Chap. 18. Of their Language. | 91 |
Chap. 19. Of their deaths, &c. | 92 |
Chap. 20. Of their women, &c. | 94 |
Errata.

The South part of New-England, as it is
Planted this yeare, 1634.
The southern part of New England, as it is established this year, 1634.

Ch. 1.

For as much as the Kings most excellent Majesty hath beene graciously pleasd by the grant of his Letters Patents, at first to give life to the plantations of New England, and hath dayly likewise by his Favours and Royall protection cherished their growing hopes; whereby many of his Majesties faithfull Subjects haue beene imboldned to venture persons, states, and indeavours, to the inlargement of his Dominions in that Westerne Continent: Wherefore I thought fit (for the further encouragement of those that hereafter, either by Purse, or Person shall helpe forward the Plantation,) to set forth these few observations out of my personall and experimentall knowledge.
For as much as the King's most excellent Majesty has graciously chosen to give life to the plantations of New England through his Letters Patents, and has daily supported their growing hopes with his favors and royal protection; many of his Majesty's loyal subjects have been encouraged to risk their resources, efforts, and endeavors to expand his dominions in that western continent. Therefore, I thought it would be helpful (for the further encouragement of those who may in the future contribute, either financially or personally, to the plantation) to share these few observations based on my personal and practical experience.
The place whereon the English have built their Colonies, is judged by those who have best skill in discovery, either to be an Iland, surrounded on the North side with the spacious River Cannada, and on the South with Hudsons River, or else a Peninsula, these two Rivers overlapping one another, having their rise from the great Lakes which are not farre off one another, as the Indians doe certainely informe us. But it is not my intent to wander far from our Patent; wherefore I referre you to the thrice memorable discoverer of those parts, Captaine Smith, who hath likewise fully described the Southerne and North-east part of New England, with the noted head-lands, Capes, Harbours, Rivers, Ponds, and Lakes, with the nature of the Soyle, and commodities both by Sea and Land, &c. within the degrees of fourty one and fourty five.
The area where the English established their Colonies is believed by those with the best expertise in exploration to either be an island, bordered on the north by the wide Cannada River and on the south by the Hudson River, or a Peninsula, with these two rivers crossing each other, originating from the large lakes nearby, as the Indians definitely inform us. However, I don’t intend to stray too far from our Patent; therefore, I direct you to the highly regarded explorer of those regions, Captain Smith, who has also thoroughly described the southern and northeast parts of New England, including the notable headlands, capes, harbors, rivers, ponds, and lakes, along with the soil type and resources both at sea and on land, etc., within the degrees of forty-one and forty-five.
The Bay of Massachusets lyeth under the degree of fourty two and fourty three, bearing South-west from the Lands end of England: at the bottome whereof are situated most of the English plantations: This Bay is both safe, spacious, and deepe, free from such cockling Seas as runne upon the Coast of Ireland, and in the Channels of England: there be no stiffe running Currents, or Rockes, Shelves, Barres, Quicksands. The Mariners having sayled two or three Leagues towards the bottome, may behold the two Capes embracing their welcome Ships in their Armes, which thrust themselves out into the Sea in forme of a halfe-moone, the surrounding shore being high, and shewing many white Cliffes in a most pleasant prospect with divers places of low land, out of which divers Riuers vent themselves into the Ocean, with many openings, where is good Harbouring for Ships of any burthen; so that if an unexpected storme or crosse winde should barre the Marriner from recovering his desired Port, he may reach other Harbours, as Plimmouth, Cape Ann, Salem, Marvill Head; all which afford good ground for Anchorage, being likewise land-lockt from Winde and Seas. The chiefe and usuall Harbour, is the still Bay of Massachusets, which is close aboard the plantations, in which most of our ships come to anchor, being the nearest their mart, and usuall place of landing of Passengers; it is a safe and pleasant Harbour within, having but one common and safe entrance, and that not very broad, there scarce being roome for 3. Ships to come in board and board at a time, but being once within, there is roome for the Anchorage of 500. Ships.
The Bay of Massachusetts lies between the degrees of forty-two and forty-three, heading southwest from the Lands End of England: at the bottom of the bay are most of the English settlements. This bay is both safe, spacious, and deep, free from the rough seas that hit the coast of Ireland and in the channels of England: there are no strong currents, rocks, shelves, bars, or quicksands. Once sailors have traveled two or three leagues toward the bottom, they can see the two capes welcoming their ships with open arms, extending out into the sea in the shape of a half-moon. The surrounding shore is high and features many white cliffs, creating a beautiful view with several areas of low land where various rivers flow into the ocean, providing good harboring for ships of any size; so if an unexpected storm or strong wind keeps the sailor from reaching their intended port, they can still find other harbors, like Plimmouth, Cape Ann, Salem, or Marvill Head; all of which offer good holding ground for anchorage, as they are also sheltered from wind and waves. The main and usual harbor is the calm Bay of Massachusetts, which is very close to the settlements, and where most of our ships anchor, being the nearest to their market and usual place for passengers to disembark; it is a safe and pleasant harbor, with only one common, safe entrance that isn’t very wide—there's barely enough room for three ships to come in side by side at a time, but once inside, there is space for anchoring 500 ships.
This Harbour is made by a great company of Ilands, whose high Cliffes shoulder out the boistrous Seas, yet may easily deceiue any unskilfull Pilote; presenting many faire openings and broad sounds, which afford too shallow waters for any Ships, though navigable for Boates and small pinnaces. The entrance into the great Haven is called Nantascot; which is two Leagues from Boston; this place of it selfe is a very good Haven, where Ships commonly cast Anchor, untill Winde and Tyde serve them for other places; from hence they may sayle to the River of Wessaguscus, Naponset, Charles River, and Misticke River, on which Rivers bee seated many Townes. In any of these fore-named harbours, the Sea-men having spent their old store of Wood and Water, may haue fresh supplies from the adjacent Ilands, with good timber to repaire their weather-beaten Ships: Here likewise may be had Masts or Yards, being store of such Trees as are usefull for the same purpose.
This harbor is formed by a group of islands, whose high cliffs protect against the rough seas, but can easily mislead any inexperienced pilot. It has many beautiful openings and wide sounds that are too shallow for large ships, though they are navigable for boats and small sailboats. The entrance to the main harbor is called Nantascot; it's two leagues from Boston. This location itself is a great harbor where ships typically anchor until the wind and tide are right for them to move on. From here, they can sail to the River of Wessaguscus, Naponset, Charles River, and Misticke River, where many towns are located. In any of these previously mentioned harbors, sailors who have used up their wood and water supplies can get fresh supplies from the nearby islands, along with good timber to repair their weather-worn ships. Here, they can also find masts or yards, as there is an abundance of trees suitable for that purpose.
Chap. 2.
For that part of the Countrey wherein most of the English have their habitations: it is for certaine the best ground and sweetest Climate in all those parts, bearing the name of New England, agreeing well with the temper of our English bodies, being high land, and sharpe Ayre, and though most of our English Townes border upon the Sea-coast, yet are they not often troubled with Mists, or unwholesome fogges, or cold weather from the Sea, which lies East and South from the Land. And whereas in England most of the cold windes and weathers come from the Sea, and those situations are counted most unwholesome, that are neare the Sea-coast, in that Countrey it is not so, but otherwise; for in the extremity of Winter, the North-east and South winde comming from the Sea, produceth warme weather, and bringing in the warme-working waters of the Sea, loosneth the frozen Bayes, carrying away their Ice with their Tides, melting the Snow, and thawing the ground; onely the North-west winde comming over the Land, is the cause of extreame cold weather, being alwaies accompanied with deepe Snowes and bitter Frost, so that in two or three dayes the Rivers are passable for horse and man. But as it is an Axiome in Nature, Nullum violentum est perpetuum, No extreames last long, so this cold winde blowes seldome above three dayes together, after which the weather is more tollerable, the Aire being nothing so sharpe, but peradventure in foure or five dayes after this cold messenger will blow a fresh, commanding every man to his house, forbidding any to out-face him without prejudice to their noses; but it may be objected that it is too cold a Countrey for our English men, who have beene accustomed to a warmer Climate, to which it may be answered, (Igne levatur hyems) there is Wood good store, and better cheape to build warme houses, and make good fires, which makes the Winter lesse tedious: and moreover, the extremity of this cold weather lasteth but for two Moneths or ten weekes, beginning in December, and breaking up the tenth day of February; which hath beene a passage very remarkeable, that for ten or a dozen yeares the weather hath held himselfe to his day, unlocking his ycie Bayes and Rivers, which are never frozen againe the same yeare, except there be some small frost untill the middle of March. It is observed by the Indians that every tenth yeare there is little or no Winter, which hath beene twice observed of the English; the yeare of new Plimouth mens arrivall was no Winter in comparison; and in the tenth yeare after likewise when the great company settled themselves in Massachusets Bay, was a very milde season, little Frost, and lesse Snow, but cleare serene weather, few North-west windes, which was a great mercy to the English comming over so rawly and uncomfortably provided, wanting all utensils and provisions which belonged to the well being of Planters: and whereas many died at the beginning of the plantations, it was not because the Country was unhealthfull, but because their bodies were corrupted with sea-diet, which was naught, their Beefe and Porke being tainted, their Butter and Cheese corrupted, their Fish rotten, & voyage long, by reason of crosse Windes, so that winter approaching before they could get warme houses, and the searching sharpnes of that purer Climate, creeping in at the crannies of their crazed bodies, caused death and sicknesse; but their harmes having taught future voyagers more wisedome, in shipping good provision for Sea, and finding warme houses at landing, finde health in both. It hath bin observed, that of five or sixe hundred passengers in one yeare, not above three have died at Sea, having their health likewise at Land. But to returne to the matter in hand, dayly observations makes it apparant, that the peircing cold of that Country produceth not so many noysome effects, as the raw winters of England. In publike assemblies it is strange to heare a man sneeze or cough as ordinarily they doe in old England; yet not to smother any thing, lest you judge me too partiall in reciting good of the Countrey, and not bad; true it is, that some venturing too nakedly in extreamity of cold, being more foole hardy than wise, have for a time lost the use of their feete, others the use of their fingers; but time and Surgery afterwards recovered them: Some haue had their over-growne beards so frozen together, that they could not get their strong water-bottells into their mouthes; I never heard of any that utterly perished at land with cold, saving one English man and an Indian, who going together a Fowling, the morning being faire at their setting out, afterward a terrible storme arising, they intended to returne home; but the storme being in their faces, and they not able to with-stand it, were frozen to death, the Indian having gained three flight-shot more of his journey homeward, was found reared up against a tree with his Aqua-vitæ bottle at his head. A second passage (concerning which many thinke hardly of the Country in regard of his cold) was the miscarriage of a boate at sea; certaine men having intended a voyage to new Plimouth, setting sayle towards night, they wanted time to fetch it, being constrained to put into another harbour, where being negligent of the well mooring of their Boate, a strong winde comming from the shore in the night, loosned their killocke, and drove them to Sea, without sight of land, before they had awaked out of sleepe; but seeing the eminent danger, such as were not benummed with cold, shipt out their Oares, shaping their course for Cape Cod, where the Indians met them, who buried the dead, and carryed the Boate with the living to Plimouth, where some of them died, and some recovered. These things may fright some, but being that there hath beene many passages of the like nature in our English Climate, it cannot dishearten such as seriously consider it, seeing likewise that their owne ruines sprung from their owne negligence.
For that part of the country where most of the English live: it's definitely the best land and has the most pleasant climate in all those areas called New England, which suits the temper of our English bodies well. It’s elevated land with a crisp air, and even though most of our English towns are near the coast, they are not often troubled by fog, unhealthy mists, or cold weather coming from the sea to the east and south. In England, cold winds and weather typically come from the sea, making coastal areas considered unhealthy, but it’s the opposite here. During the heart of winter, the northeast and south winds coming from the sea bring warm weather, melting the ice in the bays and rivers and thawing the ground after removing the frost. Only the northwest wind, which comes over land, brings extreme cold, accompanied by heavy snow and bitter frost, making rivers passable for horses and people within two or three days. But as it's a natural axiom, Nullum violentum est perpetuum, no extremes last long. This cold wind rarely blows for more than three days at a time, after which the weather becomes more bearable, the air not as harsh, though perhaps in four or five days the cold wind might strike again, forcing everyone indoors and discouraging anyone from facing it without risking their noses. However, it might be argued that this country is too cold for our English people, who are used to a warmer climate. To that, one can reply, (Igne levatur hyems) there is plenty of wood available, which is cheaper for building warm houses and making good fires, making winter less tedious. Furthermore, the extremity of this cold weather lasts only about two months or ten weeks, starting in December and breaking by the tenth of February; it has been notably consistent for ten or twelve years, with the weather adhering to this pattern, unlocking icy bays and rivers, which do not freeze again that same year unless small frosts occur until the middle of March. The Indians observe that every tenth year, there’s little or no winter, which has been noticed by the English as well; the year the new Plimouth settlers arrived had a milder winter in comparison, and the tenth year after that when the large group settled in Massachusetts Bay also experienced a very mild season with little frost and less snow, but clear and calm weather, few northwest winds, which was a great blessing for the English who arrived so poorly prepared, lacking all utensils and provisions necessary for good settlement. While many died at the start of the plantations, it was not due to the unhealthiness of the land but because their bodies were weakened by a poor sea diet, with spoiled beef and pork, tainted butter and cheese, and rotten fish, compounded by a long voyage due to headwinds, so that winter came before they could secure warm houses, and the piercing chill of that purer climate crept in through the crevices of their weakened bodies, causing death and illness. However, these hardships taught future travelers to be wiser by bringing sufficient provisions for the sea and finding warm homes upon arrival, leading to better health in both cases. It has been noted that of five or six hundred passengers in one year, only three have died at sea, maintaining their health on land. But returning to the matter at hand, daily observations show that the biting cold of this land produces fewer unhealthy effects than the harsh winters of England. In public gatherings, it’s unusual to hear a man sneeze or cough as commonly as they do in old England; however, I don’t want to overlook anything, lest you think I’m only sharing the good about the country and not the bad. It’s true that some, venturing out too lightly in the extreme cold, being more foolhardy than wise, have temporarily lost the use of their feet or fingers; but time and medical care have helped them recover. Some have had their long beards freeze together so that they couldn’t drink from their flasks; I have never heard of anyone perishing from the cold on land, except for one English man and an Indian who went out hunting. The morning started fair, but then a terrible storm hit, so they intended to return. However, fighting against the storm proved impossible, and they froze to death, with the Indian having managed to make slightly more headway home, found leaning against a tree with his Aqua-vitæ bottle at his head. Another incident that has caused some concern about the country due to the cold was the mishap of a boat at sea. A group of men set sail toward Plimouth in the evening, and due to lack of time, they were forced to anchor in another harbor where, being careless with mooring the boat, a strong wind from the shore loosened their anchor during the night, driving them out to sea without sight of land before they awoke. Realizing the danger, those who weren’t numb with cold grabbed their oars and headed for Cape Cod, where the Indians met them, buried the dead, and brought the survivors back to Plimouth, where some died and others recovered. These stories may frighten some, but considering that there have been many similar events in our English climate, it shouldn’t discourage those who think seriously about it, especially since their own disasters stemmed from their negligence.
The Countrey is not so extreamely cold, unlesse it be when the North-west winde is high, at other times it is ordinary for Fishermen to goe to Sea in Ianuary and February, in which time they get more Fish, and better than in Summer, onely observing to reach some good Harbours before night, where by good fires they sleepe as well and quietly, (having their mayne sayle tented at their backes, to shelter them from the winde) as if they were at home. To relate how some English bodies have borne out cold, will (it may be) startle beliefe of some, it being so strange, yet not so strange as true. A certaine man being something distracted, broke away from his Keeper, and running into the Wood, could not bee found with much seeking after; but foure dayes being expired, he returned, to appearance as well in body, as at his egresse, and in minde much better: for a mad man to hit home through the unbeaten Woods, was strange, but to liue without meate or drinke in the deepe of Winter, stranger, and yet returne home bettered, was most strange: but if truth may gaine beleefe, you may behold a more superlative strangenesse. A certaine Maide in the extreamity of cold weather, (as it fell out) tooke an uncertaine journey, in her intent short, not above foure miles, yet long in event; for losing her way, she wandred sixe or seaven dayes in most bitter weather, not having one bit of bread to strengthen her, sometimes a fresh Spring quenched her thirst, which was all the refreshment she had; the Snow being upon the ground at first, shee might have trackt her owne foot-steps backe againe, but wanting that understanding, shee wandred, till God by his speciall providence brought her to the place shee went from, where she lives to this day.
The country isn’t extremely cold unless the northwest wind is blowing hard. At other times, it’s common for fishermen to go to sea in January and February, during which they catch more and better fish than in summer, as long as they make it to some good harbors before nightfall, where they can sleep soundly by a good fire (with their main sail tented behind them for wind protection) as if they were at home. It might be hard for some to believe how certain English people have endured the cold, as it sounds strange, yet it’s true. A certain man, somewhat disturbed, broke away from his keeper and ran into the woods. Despite extensive searching, he couldn’t be found. After four days, he returned, looking just as healthy as when he left, and much improved mentally. It’s strange for a madman to navigate through untouched woods, but even stranger to survive without food or drink in the dead of winter, and then come back in better condition. However, if truth can gain belief, there’s an even more incredible story. A certain girl, during an extreme cold snap, set off on a short journey of about four miles, which ended up being much longer. After losing her way, she wandered for six or seven days in bitter weather, without a single bite of bread to sustain her; the only refreshment she had was when a fresh spring quenched her thirst. At first, with snow on the ground, she could have followed her own footprints back, but lacking that understanding, she wandered until God, by His special providence, brought her back to where she started, and there she still lives today.
The hard Winters are commonly the fore-runners of pleasant Spring-times, and fertile Summers, being iudged likewise to make much for the health of our English bodies: It is found to be more healthfull for such as shall adventure thither, to come towards Winter, than the hot Summer; the Climate in Winter is commonly cold and dry, the Snow lies long, which is thought to be no small nourishing to the ground. For the Indians burning it to suppresse the under-wood, which else would grow all over the Countrey, the Snow falling not long after, keepes the ground warme, and with his melting conveighs the ashes into the pores of the earth, which doth fatten it. It hath beene observed, that English Wheate and Rye proves better, which is Winter sowne, and is kept warme by the Snow, than that which is sowne in the Spring. The Summers be hotter than in England; because of their more Southerne latitude, yet are they tollerable; being often cooled with fresh blowing windes, it seldome being so hot as men are driven from their labours, especially such whose imployments are within doores, or under the coole shade: servants have hitherto beene priviledged to rest from their labours in extreame hot weather, from ten of the clocke till two, which they regaine by their early rising in the morning, and double diligence in coole weather. The Summers are commonly hot and dry, there being seldome any raines; I have knowne it sixe or seaven weekes, before one shower hath moystened the Plowmans labour, yet the Harvest hath beene very good, the Indian Corne requiring more heate than wet; for the English Corne, it is refresht with the nightly dewes, till it grow vp to shade his roots with his owne substance from the parching Sunne. In former times the Raine came seldome, but very violently, continuing his drops, (which were great and many) sometimes foure and twenty houres together; sometimes eight and fourty, which watered the ground for a long time after; but of late the Seasons be much altered, the raine comming oftner, but more moderately, with lesse thunder and lightnings, and suddaine gusts of winde. I dare be bold to affirme it, that I saw not so much raine, raw colds, and misty fogges in foure yeares in those parts, as was in England in the space of foure Moneths the last Winter; yet no man at the yeares end, complained of too much drought, or too little raine. The times of most Raine, are in the beginning of Aprill, and at Michaelmas. The early Springs and long Summers make but short Autumnes and Winters. In the Spring when the Grasse beginnes to put forth, it growes apace, so that where it was all blacke by reason of Winters burnings, in a fortnight there will be Grasse a foote high.
The harsh winters often lead to pleasant springs and fruitful summers, which are considered beneficial for our English bodies. It's found to be healthier for those who venture there to arrive during winter rather than the hot summer. The weather in winter is usually cold and dry, with snow that lingers, which is thought to nourish the ground. The Indians burn it to control the underbrush that would otherwise spread across the land. When snow falls shortly after, it keeps the ground warm, and as it melts, it brings the ashes into the soil, enriching it. Observations show that English wheat and rye fare better when sown in winter and protected by snow than when sown in spring. Summers are hotter than in England due to the further southern latitude, but they're manageable, often cooled by fresh winds, and it rarely gets hot enough to stop people from working, especially those with indoor or shaded jobs. Historically, servants have been allowed to take breaks from their work during extreme heat from 10 AM to 2 PM, which they make up for by waking up early and working harder when it’s cooler. Summers typically are hot and dry, with rain being rare; I've known it to go six or seven weeks before a single shower moistens the farmer's labor, yet the harvest has been very good, as Indian corn needs more heat than moisture. English corn is refreshed by nightly dews, growing tall enough to shade its roots from the scorching sun. In the past, rain rarely came but was very intense when it did, with heavy drops sometimes lasting twenty-four hours or even forty-eight, soaking the ground for a long time afterward. Recently, the seasons have changed, with rain coming more frequently but more gently, accompanied by less thunder, lightning, and sudden gusts of wind. I can confidently say that I saw less rain, chilly weather, and misty fog in four years there than in England over four months last winter; yet no one at the end of the year complained about too much drought or too little rain. The times of most rain are at the beginning of April and at Michaelmas. The early springs and long summers lead to short autumns and winters. In spring, when grass starts to grow, it shoots up quickly, so that an area that was completely burnt black from winter will have grass a foot high in just a fortnight.
Chapter 3.
The Countrey being nearer the Equinoctiall than England, the dayes and nights be more equally divided. In Summer the dayes be two houres shorter, and likewise in Winter two houres longer than in England. In a word, both Summer and Winter is more commended of the English there, than the Summer Winters, and Winter Summers of England; and who is there that could not wish, that Englands Climate were as it hath beene in quondam times, colder in Winter, and hotter in Summer? or who will condemne that which is as England hath beene? Virginia having no Winter to speake of, but extreame hot Summers, hath dried up much English blood, and by pestiferous diseases swept away many lusty bodies, changing their complexion not into swarthinesse, but into Palenesse; so that when as they come for trading into our parts, wee can know many of them by their faces. This alteration certainely comes not from any want of victuals or necessary foode, for their soyle is very fertile and pleasant, yeelding both Corne and Cattle plenty, but rather from the Climate, which indeede is found to be hotter than is suiteable to an ordinary English constitution.
The country being closer to the Equator than England, the days and nights are more evenly balanced. In summer, the days are two hours shorter, and in winter, they are two hours longer compared to England. In short, both summer and winter are more appreciated by the English there than the summer winters and winter summers of England; and who wouldn't wish that England's climate were like it used to be, colder in winter and hotter in summer? Or who would condemn what England has been? Virginia, having no winter to speak of, but extremely hot summers, has drained much English blood and has caused many healthy individuals to succumb to pestilent diseases, changing their complexion not into darkness, but into paleness; so that when they come to trade in our areas, we can recognize many of them by their faces. This change certainly doesn’t come from a lack of food or essential supplies, as their land is very fertile and pleasant, producing plenty of both grain and livestock, but rather from the climate, which is indeed hotter than what is suitable for an ordinary English constitution.
In New England both men and women keepe their naturall complexions, in so much as Sea men wonder when they arrive in those parts, to see their Countrey-men so fresh and ruddy: If the Sunne doth tanne any, yet the Winters cold restores them to their former complexion; and as it is for the outward complexion, so it is for the inward constitution; not very many being troubled with inflammations, or such diseases as are encreased by too much heate: and whereas I say, not very many, yet dare I not exclude any; for death being certaine to all, in all Nations there must be something tending to death of like certainty. The soundest bodies are mortall and subject to change, therefore fall into diseases, and from diseases to death. Now the two chiefe messengers of mortality, be Feavers and Callentures; but they be easily helpt, if taken in time, and as easily prevented of any that will not prove a meere foole to his body. For the common diseases of England, they be strangers to the English now in that strange Land. To my knowledge I never knew any that had the Poxe, Measels, Greene-sicknesse, Head-aches, Stone, or Consumptions, &c. Many that have come infirme out of England, retaine their old grievances still, and some that were long troubled with lingering diseases, as Coughs of the lungs, Consumptions, &c. have beene restored by that medicineable Climate to their former strength and health. God hath beene pleased so to blesse men in the health of their bodies, that I dare confidently say it, out of that Towne from whence I came, in three yeares and a halfe, there dyed but three, one of which was crazed before he came into the Land; the other were two Children borne at one birth before their time, the Mother being accidentally hurt. To make good which losses, I have seene foure Children Baptized at a time, which wipes away that common aspersion, that women have no Children, being a meere falsity, there being as sweete lusty Children as in any other Nation, and reckoning so many for so many, more double births than in England; the women likewise having a more speedy recovery, and gathering of strength after their delivery than in England.
In New England, both men and women keep their natural skin tones, so much so that sailors are surprised when they arrive in those areas to see their fellow countrymen looking so fresh and healthy. Even if the sun tans their skin, the cold winters restore their original complexion. This goes for both their external appearance and internal health; not many people suffer from inflammations or diseases that are worsened by excessive heat. While I say not many, I cannot say none; since death is certain for everyone, every nation has something that leads to death with that same certainty. The healthiest bodies are still mortal and subject to change, which is why they fall into illnesses, and from illnesses to death. The two main causes of mortality are fevers and calentures; however, these can be easily treated if addressed in time, and just as easily prevented for anyone who isn’t foolish about their health. As for common diseases from England, they are unfamiliar to the English now in that new land. To my knowledge, I’ve never known anyone to have the pox, measles, green sickness, headaches, stones, or consumptions, etc. Many who have come from England with illnesses still hold on to their previous ailments, and some who suffered long with chronic illnesses, like lung coughs and consumptions, have regained their strength and health thanks to that healing climate. God has blessed people with good health to such an extent that I can confidently say from the town I came from, in three and a half years, only three people died—one was already insane before arriving, and the other two were premature twins born due to an accidental injury to their mother. To make up for those losses, I’ve seen four children baptized at once, which disproves the common myth that women have no children, a complete falsehood. There are just as many healthy, lively children as in any other nation, counting more instances of twins than in England. Women also recover more quickly and regain their strength after giving birth than they do in England.
The last Argument to confirme the healthfulnesse of the Countrey, shall be from mine owne experience, who although in England I was brought up tenderly under the carefull hatching of my dearest friends, yet scarce could I be acquainted with health, having beene let blood sixe times for the Pleurisie before I went; likewise being assailed with other weakning diseases; but being planted in that new Soyle and healthfull Ayre, which was more correspondent to my nature, (I speake it with praise to the mercifull God) though my occasions have beene to passe thorow heate and cold, wet, and dry, by Sea and Land, in Winter and Summer, day by day, for foure yeares together, yet scarse did I know what belonged to a dayes sicknesse.
The final argument to confirm the healthiness of the country comes from my own experience. Although I was raised gently in England under the careful care of my dearest friends, I could barely experience good health, having had my blood drawn six times for pleurisy before I left. I also suffered from other debilitating illnesses. But once I settled in that new soil and healthy air, which was more suited to my nature— and I say this with gratitude to merciful God— even though I have had to endure heat and cold, wet and dry, by sea and land, in winter and summer, day after day, for four years straight, I hardly knew what daily sickness felt like.
Chap. 4.
The Soyle is for the generall a warme kinde of earth, there being little cold-spewing land, no Morish Fennes, no Quagmires, the lowest grounds be the Marshes, over which every full and change the Sea flowes: these Marshes be rich ground, and bring plenty of Hay, of which the Cattle feed and like, as if they were fed with the best up-land Hay in New England; of which likewise there is great store which growes commonly betweene the Marshes and the Woods. This Medow ground lies higher than the Marshes, whereby it is freed from the over-flowing of the Seas; and besides this, in many places where the Trees grow thinne, there is good fodder to be got amongst the Woods. There be likewise in divers places neare the plantations great broad Medowes wherein grow neither shrub nor Tree, lying low, in which Plaines growes as much grasse, as may be throwne out with a Sithe, thicke and long, as high as a mans middle; some as high as the shoulders, so that a good mower may cut three loads in a day. But many object, this is but a course fodder: True it is, that it is not so fine to the eye as English grasse, but it is not sowre, though it grow thus ranke; but being made into Hay, the Cattle eate it as well as it were Lea-hay and like as well with it; I doe not thinke England can shew fairer Cattle either in Winter, or Summer, than is in those parts both Winter and Summer; being generally larger and better of milch, and bring forth young as ordinarily as Cattle doe in England, and have hitherto beene free from many diseases that are incident to Cattle in England.
The soil is generally warm, with very few cold spots, no marshy fens, and no quagmires. The lowest areas are marshes, which are flooded by the sea during every full and new moon. These marshes have rich soil that produces plenty of hay, which the cattle enjoy as much as if they were eating the best upland hay found in New England; there’s also an abundance of it growing between the marshes and the woods. This meadow land is higher than the marshes, so it doesn't get flooded by the sea. Furthermore, in many places where the trees are sparse, there’s decent fodder available in the woods. There are also large, flat meadows near the settlements that have neither shrubs nor trees, lying low, where grass grows thick and tall—up to a man's waist, and some even up to the shoulders—so a good mower can cut three loads in a day. Many claim this is just coarse fodder: It's true that it doesn’t look as nice as English grass, but it doesn't taste sour, even if it grows so thick. When made into hay, the cattle eat it just as well as leghay and like it just as much. I don’t think England can show more handsome cattle either in winter or summer than in those regions, as they are generally larger, better for milk, and breed just as regularly as cattle in England, and they have so far been free from many diseases that commonly affect cattle in England.
To returne to the Subject in hand, there is so much hay-ground in the Countrey, as the richest voyagers that shall venture thither, neede not feare want of fodder, though his Heard increase into thousands, there being thousands of Acres that yet was never medled with. And whereas it hath beene reported, that some hath mowne a day for halfe of a loade of Hay: I doe not say, but it may be true, a man may doe as much, and get as little in England, on Salisbury Plaine, or in other places where Grasse cannot be expected: So Hay-ground is not in all places in New England: Wherefore it shall behoue every man according to his calling, and estate, to looke for a fit situation at the first, and if hee be one that intends to live on his stocke, to choose the grassie Vallies before the woody Mountaines. Furthermore, whereas it hath beene generally reported in many places of England, that the Grasse growes not in those places where it was cut the fore-going yeares, it is a meere falshood; for it growes as well the ensuing Spring as it did before, and is more spiery and thicke, like our English Grasse: and in such places where the Cattle use to graze, the ground is much improved in the Woods, growing more grassie, and lesse weedy. The worst that can be sayd against the meddow grounds, is because there is little edish, or after-pasture, which may proceede from the late mowing, more than from any thing else; but though the edish be not worth much, yet is there such plenty of other Grasse and seeding, that there is no want of Winter-fodder till December, at which time men beginne to house their milch-cattle and Calves: Some, notwithstanding the cold of the Winter, have their Young Cattle without doores, giving them meate at morning and evening. For the more upland grounds, there be different kinds, in some places clay, some gravell, some a red sand; all which are covered with a black mould, in some places above a foote deepe, in other places not so deepe. There be very few that have the experience of the ground, that can condemne it of barrennesse; although many deeme it barren, because the English use to manure their land with fish, which they doe not because the land could not bring corne without it, but because it brings more with it; the land likewise being kept in hart the longer: besides, the plenty of fish which they have for little or nothing, is better so used, than cast away; but to argue the goodnesse of the ground, the Indians who are too lazie to catch fish, plant corne eight or ten yeares in one place without it, having very good crops. Such is the rankenesse of the ground that it must bee sowne the first yeare with Indian Corne, which is a soaking graine, before it will be fit for to receive English seede. In a word, as there is no ground so purely good, as the long forced and improoved grounds of England, so is there none so extreamely bad as in many places of England, that as yet have not beene manured and improved; the woods of New England being accounted better ground than the Forrests of England or woodland ground, or heathy plaines.
To get back to the topic at hand, there is so much hayland in the country that even the wealthiest travelers who venture there need not fear running out of fodder, even if their herds grow into the thousands, as there are thousands of acres that have never been touched. While it has been reported that some people can harvest in a day what amounts to half a load of hay, I won't deny it's possible; one can achieve the same little return in England, on Salisbury Plain, or in other areas where grass is scarce. Therefore, hayland is not found everywhere in New England. It’s wise for everyone, depending on their profession and situation, to seek out a suitable location from the start, and if someone plans to rely on their livestock, they should choose grassy valleys over wooded mountains. Furthermore, although it’s been commonly said in many parts of England that grass doesn’t grow in places that were cut the previous years, that’s totally false; it grows just as well the following spring as it did before and is even leafier and thicker, like our English grass. In areas where cattle graze, the land improves significantly under the trees, becoming more grassy and less weedy. The worst that can be said about the meadowlands is that there is little aftermath pasture due to the late mowing, more than for any other reason; but even if the aftermath isn’t worth much, there is such an abundance of other grass and forage that there is no shortage of winter fodder until December, when people start to house their milking cows and calves. Some, despite the cold of winter, keep their young cattle outside, feeding them morning and evening. As for the higher ground, there are various types—some areas have clay, some gravel, some red sand—all covered with a black soil, sometimes over a foot deep in some places and not as deep in others. Very few who have experience with the land can declare it barren, although many consider it so because the English use fish to fertilize their fields, not because the land can't grow grain without it, but because it produces more with it; the land also remains fertile for a longer time. Plus, the abundance of fish they have for little to no cost is better used in this way than wasted. To prove the land's fertility, the Indians—who are too lazy to catch fish—plant corn for eight to ten years in one spot without it and still have good crops. The land is so rich that it must be sown with Indian corn, which is a moisture-loving grain, in the first year before it’s suitable for English seeds. In summary, while no land is as purely fertile as the long-cultivated and improved fields of England, none is quite as bad as many places in England that have yet to be farmed and improved; the woods of New England are considered better land than the forests of England, or certain woodland areas, or heathland plains.
For the naturall soyle, I preferre it before the countrey of Surry, or Middlesex, which if they were not inriched with continuall manurings, would be lesse fertile than the meanest ground in New England; wherefore it is neyther impossible, nor much improbable, that upon improvements the soile may be as good in time as England. And whereas some gather the ground to be naught, and soone out of hart, because Plimouth men remove from their old habitations, I answer, they do no more remove from their habitation, than the Citizen which hath one house in the Citty & another in the Countrey, for his pleasure, health, & profit. For although they have taken new plots of ground, and built houses upon them, yet doe they retaine their old houses still, and repaire to them, every Sabbath day; neyther doe they esteeme their old lots worse than when they first tooke them: what if they doe not plant on them every yeare? I hope it is no ill husbandry to rest the land, nor is alwayes that the worst that lies sometimes fallow. If any man doubt of the goodnesse of the ground, let him comfort himselfe with the cheapenesse of it; such bad land in England I am sure wil bring in store of good monie. This ground is in some places of a soft mould, and easie to plow; in other places so tough and hard, that I have seene ten Oxen toyled, their Iron chaines broken, and their Shares and Coulters much strained: but after the first breaking up it is so easie, that two Oxen and a Horse may plow it; there hath as good English Corne growne there, as could be desired; especially Rie and Oates, and Barly: there hath beene no great tryall as yet of Wheate, and Beanes; onely thus much I affirme, that these two graines grow well in Gardens, therefore it is not improbable, but when they can gather seede of that which is sowne in the countrey, it may grow as well as any other Graine: but commonly the seede that commeth out of England is heated at Sea, and therefore cannot thrive at land.
For the natural soil, I prefer it over the areas of Surrey or Middlesex, which, if they weren't consistently cultivated, would be less fertile than the poorest land in New England; so it’s neither impossible nor very unlikely that with improvements, the soil could become as good over time as it is in England. Some people think the land is bad and quickly give up hope because the people from Plimouth move from their old homes, but I argue that they aren't really moving any more than a city dweller who has one house in the city and another in the countryside for pleasure, health, and profit. Even though they have taken new plots and built houses on them, they still keep their old homes and go back to them every Sunday; they don’t think of their old lots as worse than when they first got them. So what if they don’t plant on them every year? I don’t think resting the land is bad farming, nor is land that’s occasionally left fallow always undesirable. If anyone doubts the quality of the land, they should take comfort in how cheap it is; bad land in England can still generate a good amount of money. In some areas, the soil is soft and easy to plow; in others, it’s tough and hard—I’ve seen ten oxen struggle, their iron chains break, and their plows and blades get heavily strained. But once it’s broken up initially, it becomes so easy that two oxen and a horse can plow it. The best English corn has grown here, especially rye, oats, and barley. There hasn’t been much testing of wheat and beans yet, but I can say that these two grains do grow well in gardens, so it’s not unlikely that when they can harvest seeds from what is planted in the area, it could grow just as well as other grains. However, the seeds that come from England often get heated at sea, which is why they tend not to thrive once they land.
Chapter 5.
The ground affoards very good kitchin Gardens, for Turneps, Parsnips, Carrots, Radishes, and Pumpions, Muskmillions, Isquoutersquashes, Coucumbers, Onyons, and whatsoever growes well in England, growes as well there, many things being better and larger: there is likewise growing all manner of Hearbes for meate, and medicine, and that not onely in planted Gardens, but in the Woods, without eyther the art or the helpe of man, as sweet Marjoram, Purselane, Sorrell, Peneriall, Yarrow, Mirtle, Saxifarilla, Bayes, &c. There is likewise Strawberries in abundance, very large ones, some being two inches about; one may gather halfe a bushell in a forenoone: In other seasons there bee Gooseberries, Bilberies, Resberies, Treackleberies, Hurtleberries, Currants; which being dryed in the Sunne are little inferiour to those that our Grocers sell in England: This land likewise affoards Hempe and Flax, some naturally, and some planted by the English, with Rapes if they bee well managed. For such commodities as lie underground, I cannot out of mine owne experience or knowledge say much, having taken no great notice of such things; but it is certainely reported that there is Iron stone; and the Indians informe us that they can leade us to the mountaines of blacke Lead, and have showne us lead ore, if our small judgement in such things doe not deceive us: and though no body dare confidently conclude, yet dare they not utterly deny, but that the Spaniards blisse may lye hid in the barren Mountaines; such as have coasted the countrey affirme that they know where to fetch Seacole if wood were scant; there is plenty of stone both rough and smooth, usefull for many things, with quarries of Slate, out of which they get covering for houses, with good clay, whereof they make Tiles and Brickes, and pavements for their necessary uses.
The land provides excellent kitchen gardens for turnips, parsnips, carrots, radishes, and pumpkins, as well as musk melons, squash, cucumbers, onions, and anything that grows well in England grows just as well there, with many things being better and larger. There are also all kinds of herbs for cooking and medicine, not just in planted gardens but in the woods as well, without any cultivation or help from people, including sweet marjoram, purslane, sorrel, pennyroyal, yarrow, myrtle, saxifrage, bay leaves, etc. Additionally, there are plenty of strawberries, very large ones, some being two inches in diameter; you can gather half a bushel in a morning. In other seasons, there are gooseberries, bilberries, raspberries, blackberries, huckleberries, and currants, which, when dried in the sun, are only slightly inferior to what our grocers sell in England. This land also offers hemp and flax, some growing naturally and some planted by the English, along with rapeseed if it’s managed well. As for underground commodities, I can’t say much from my own experience or knowledge, as I haven’t paid much attention to such things; however, it’s definitely reported that there is ironstone, and the Indians have informed us that they can lead us to the mountains of black lead and have shown us lead ore, unless our limited understanding in such matters deceives us. While nobody can confidently conclude this, they also can’t completely dismiss the idea that the Spaniards might hide riches in the barren mountains; those who have traveled the country insist they know where to find coal if wood is scarce. There’s an abundance of both rough and smooth stone, useful for various purposes, along with slate quarries, from which they obtain covering for houses, and good clay, which they use to make tiles, bricks, and pavements for their essential needs.
For the Countrey it is as well watered as any land under the Sunne, every family, or every two families having a spring of sweet waters betwixt them, which is farre different from the waters of England, being not so sharpe, but of a fatter substance, and of a more jetty colour; it is thought there can be no better water in the world, yet dare I not preferre it before good Beere, as some have done, but any man will choose it before bad Beere, Wheay, or Buttermilke. Those that drinke it be as healthfull, fresh, and lustie, as they that drinke beere; These springs be not onely within land, but likewise bordering upon the Sea coasts, so that some times the tides overflow some of them, which is accounted rare in the most parts of England. No man hitherto hath beene constrained to digge deepe for his water, or to fetch it farre, or to fetch of severall waters for severall uses; one kind of water serving for washing, and brewing and other things. Now besides these springs, there be divers spacious ponds in many places of the Countrey, out of which runne many sweet streames, which are constant in their course both winter and summer, whereat the Cattle quench their thirst, and upon which may be built water mills, as the plantation encreases.
The land is well-watered, more than any place under the sun. Every family, or every two families, has a spring of fresh water nearby, which is very different from the water in England. It’s not as sharp; it has a richer texture and a darker color. Many believe there’s no better water in the world, although I wouldn’t say it’s better than good beer, as some do. However, anyone would pick it over bad beer, whey, or buttermilk. People who drink it are as healthy, fresh, and lively as those who drink beer. These springs are not only found inland but also along the coast, so sometimes the tides cover some of them, which is rare in most parts of England. No one has had to dig deep for water or travel far for it, or fetch different waters for different uses. One type of water works for washing, brewing, and other purposes. In addition to these springs, there are several large ponds in many areas of the land, from which numerous sweet streams flow consistently both in winter and summer. Cattle drink from these streams, and as more land is cultivated, water mills can be built on them.
The next commoditie the land affords, is good store of Woods, & that not onely such as may be needfull for fewell, but likewise for the building of Ships, and houses, & Mils, and all manner of water-worke about which Wood is needefull. The Timber of the Countrey growes straight, and tall, some trees being twenty, some thirty foot high, before they spread forth their branches; generally the Trees be not very thicke, though there be many that will serve for Mill posts, some beeing three foote and a halfe o're. And whereas it is generally conceived, that the woods grow so thicke, that there is no more cleare ground than is hewed out by labour of man; it is nothing so; in many places, divers Acres being cleare, so that one may ride a hunting in most places of the land, if he will venture himselfe for being lost: there is no underwood saving in swamps, and low grounds that are wet, in which the English get Osiers, and Hasles, and such small wood as is for their use. Of these swamps, some be ten, some twenty, some thirty miles long, being preserved by the wetnesse of the soile wherein they grow; for it being the custome of the Indians to burne the wood in November, when the grasse is withered, and leaves dryed, it consumes all the underwood, and rubbish, which otherwise would over grow the Country, making it unpassable, and spoile their much affected hunting: so that by this meanes in those places where the Indians inhabit, there is scarce a bush or bramble, or any combersome underwood to bee seene in the more champion ground. Small wood growing in these places where the fire could not come, is preserved. In some places where the Indians dyed of the Plague some foureteene yeares agoe, is much underwood, as in the mid way betwixt Wessaguscus and Plimouth, because it hath not beene burned; certaine Rivers stopping the fire from comming to cleare that place of the countrey, hath made it unusefull and troublesome to travell thorow, in so much that it is called ragged plaine, because it teares and rents the cloathes of them that passe. Now because it may be necessary for mechanicall artificers to know what Timber, and wood of use is in the Countrey, I will recite the most usefull as followeth.
The next resource the land offers is a good amount of woods, which are not only useful for fuel but also for building ships, houses, mills, and all kinds of waterworks that require wood. The timber in the area grows tall and straight, with some trees reaching twenty or thirty feet high before they start spreading their branches. Generally, the trees aren't very thick, although there are many that can be used for mill posts, some measuring three and a half feet across. People often think that the woods are so dense that the only clear ground is what has been cleared by human effort; that's not the case. In many places, there are several acres of clear land, so one can go hunting in most areas if they're willing to risk getting lost. There’s almost no underbrush except in swamps and low, wet areas where the English gather willows, hazels, and other small wood for their needs. Some of these swamps are ten, twenty, or even thirty miles long, sustained by the wet soil they grow in. The Indians usually burn the wood in November when the grass is dead and the leaves are dry, which clears the underbrush and debris that would otherwise overgrow the land, making it impassable and ruining their beloved hunting grounds. As a result, in areas inhabited by the Indians, there's hardly a bush, bramble, or any troublesome underbrush visible in the more open land. Small wood that grows where the fire couldn't reach is preserved. In some spots where the Indians died of the plague about fourteen years ago, there's a lot of underbrush, like the area between Wessaguscus and Plymouth, because it hasn't been burned. Certain rivers have stopped the fire from clearing that part of the land, making it hard to travel through, to the point that it’s called Ragged Plain because it tears the clothes of those who pass through. Now, since it may be necessary for skilled tradespeople to know what types of timber and wood are available in the area, I will list the most useful ones as follows.
Though many of these trees may seeme to have epithites contrary to the nature of them as they grow in England, yet are they agreeable with the Trees of that Countrie. The chiefe and common Timber for ordinary use is Oake, and Walnut: Of Oakes there be three kindes, the red Oake, white, and blacke; as these are different in kinde, so are they chosen for such uses as they are most fit for, one kind being more fit for clappboard, others for sawne board, some fitter for shipping, others for houses. These Trees affoard much Mast for Hogges, especially every third yeare, bearing a bigger Acorne than our English Oake. The Wallnut tree is something different from the English Wallnut, being a great deale more tough, and more serviceable, and altogether as heavie: and whereas our Gunnes that are stocked with English Wallnut, are soone broaken and cracked in frost, beeing a brittle Wood; we are driven to stocke them new with the Country Wallnut, which will indure all blowes, and weather; lasting time out of minde. These trees beare a very good Nut, something smaller, but nothing inferiour in sweetnesse and goodnesse to the English Nut, having no bitter pill. There is likewise a tree in some part of the Countrey, that beares a Nut as bigge as a small peare. The Cedar tree is a tree of no great growth, not bearing above a foot and a halfe square at the most, neither is it very high. I suppose they be much inferiour to the Cedars of Lebanon so much commended in holy writ. This wood is more desired for ornament than substance, being of colour red and white like Eugh, smelling as sweete as Iuniper; it is commonly used for seeling of houses, and making of Chests, Boxes, and staves. The Firre and Pine bee trees that grow in many places, shooting up exceeding high, especially the Pine: they doe afford good masts, good board, Rozin and Turpentine. Out of these Pines is gotten the candlewood that is so much spoken of, which may serve for a shift amongst poore folkes; but I cannot commend it for singular good, because it is something sluttish, dropping a pitchie kinde of substance where it stands. Here no doubt might be good done with saw mils; for I have seene of these stately highgrowne trees, ten miles together close by the River side, from whence by shipping they might be conveyed to any desired Port. Likewise it is not improbable that Pitch and Tarre may be forced from these trees, which beare no other kinde of fruite. For that countrey Ash, it is much different from the Ash of England, being brittle and good for little, so that Wallnut is used for it. The Horne-bound tree is a tough kind of Wood, that requires so much paines in riving as is almost incredible, being the best for to make bolles and dishes, not being subject to cracke or leake. This tree growing with broad spread Armes, the vines winde their curling branches about them; which vines affoard great store of grapes, which are very big both for the grape and Cluster, sweet and good: These be of two sorts, red and white, there is likewise a smaller kind of grape, which groweth in the Islands which is sooner ripe and more delectable; so that there is no knowne reason why as good wine may not be made in those parts, as well as in Burdeuax in France; being under the same degree. It is great pittie no man sets upon such a venture, whereby he might in small time inrich himselfe, and benefit the Countrie; I know nothing which doth hinder but want of skilfull men to manage such an imployment: For the countrey is hot enough, the ground good enough, and many convenient hills which lye toward the south Sunne, as if they were there placed for the purpose. The Cherrie trees yeeld great store of Cherries, which grow on clusters like grapes; they be much smaller than our English Cherrie, nothing neare so good if they be not very ripe: they so furre the mouth that the tongue will cleave to the roofe, and the throate wax horse with swallowing those red Bullies (as I may call them,) being little better in taste. English ordering may bring them to be an English Cherrie, but yet they are as wilde as the Indians. The Plummes of the Countrey be better for Plummes than the Cherries be for Cherries, they be blacke and yellow about the bignesse of a Damson, of a reasonable good taste. The white thorne affords hawes as bigge as an English Cherrie, which is esteemed above a Cherrie for his goodnesse and pleasantnesse to the taste.
Though many of these trees might seem to have names that don't match their nature in England, they actually align well with the trees of that country. The main and common timber for everyday use is oak and walnut. There are three types of oak: red, white, and black. These different types are chosen for their specific uses, with some being more suitable for clapboard, others for sawn board, some better for shipping, and others for construction. These trees provide a lot of mast for hogs, especially every third year, producing acorns larger than our English oak. The walnut tree is quite different from the English walnut, being significantly tougher and more useful, while also being equally heavy. Where our guns stocked with English walnut quickly break and crack in the cold due to its brittleness, we have to restock them with the country walnut, which can withstand all impacts and weather, lasting a very long time. These trees produce a very good nut, slightly smaller but just as sweet and delicious as the English nut, with no bitter shell. There is also a tree in some parts of the country that produces a nut as big as a small pear. The cedar tree does not grow very large, reaching a maximum of about a foot and a half square, and is not very tall either. I think they are much inferior to the cedars of Lebanon that are so highly praised in holy scripture. This wood is more valued for its appearance than its strength, having a reddish and white color similar to yew, and smells as sweet as juniper; it is commonly used for finishing houses and making chests, boxes, and staves. The fir and pine trees grow in many areas, shooting up exceptionally high, especially the pine. They provide good masts, good boards, rosin, and turpentine. The candlewood derived from these pines, which is often mentioned, could serve as a substitute among poor people; however, I cannot recommend it highly since it is somewhat messy, leaving a pitchy substance where it grows. There could undoubtedly be good work done with sawmills here; I have seen these majestic tall trees stretching for ten miles along the riverside, from which they could be shipped to any desired port. It is also not unlikely that pitch and tar could be extracted from these trees, which bear no other type of fruit. The ash tree here is quite different from the ash in England, being brittle and not very useful, so walnut is used in its place. The hornbeam tree has tough wood, requiring remarkable effort to rive, making it the best for creating bowls and dishes since it does not crack or leak. This tree grows with broad, sprawling branches that are intertwined with curling vines; these vines produce large clusters of grapes, both sweet and tasty. There are two types, red and white, and there is also a smaller kind of grape that grows in the islands, ripening faster and tasting better; thus, there is no known reason why wine cannot be produced in those areas as well as in Bordeaux in France, being at the same latitude. It is a shame that no one has attempted such a venture, which could quickly make them wealthy and benefit the country; I see nothing preventing this except for a lack of skilled people to manage it. The region is warm enough, the soil is good enough, and there are many suitable hills facing the southern sun, as if placed there for this purpose. The cherry trees yield a great number of cherries that grow in clusters like grapes; they are much smaller than our English cherries, and not nearly as good unless they are fully ripe. They tend to dry out the mouth, making the tongue stick to the roof and the throat rough when swallowing those red fruits (as I might call them), which taste only slightly better. English cultivation could make them more like English cherries, but they are still as wild as the Indians. The plums in the country are better for plums than the cherries are for cherries; they are black and yellow, about the size of a damson, and have a reasonably good taste. The white thorn provides haws as big as an English cherry, which is considered better than a cherry because of its sweetness and pleasant flavor.
Chap. 6.

Having related unto you the pleasant situation of the Countrey, the healthfulnesse of the climate, the nature of the soile, with his vegetatives, and other commodities; it will not be amisse to informe you of such irrationall creatures as are daily bred and continually nourished in this countrey, which doe much conduce to the well being of the Inhabitants, affording not onely meate for the belly, but cloathing for the backe. The beasts be as followeth.
Having shared with you the enjoyable features of the landscape, the healthiness of the climate, the characteristics of the soil, along with its plants and other resources, it’s worth letting you know about the irrational creatures that are commonly raised and supported in this country, which greatly contribute to the well-being of the inhabitants, providing not just food for the stomach but clothing for the body. The animals are as follows.
Concerning Lyons, I will not say that I ever saw any my selfe, but some affirme that they have seene a Lyon at Cape Anne which is not above six leagues from Boston: some likewise being lost in woods, have heard such terrible roarings, as have made them much agast; which must eyther be Devills or Lyons; there being no other creatures which use to roare saving Beares, which have not such a terrible kind of roaring: besides, Plimouth men have traded for Lyons skinnes in former times. But sure it is that there be Lyons on that Continent, for the Virginians saw an old Lyon in their plantations, who having lost his Iackall, which was wont to hunt his prey, was brought so poore that he could goe no further. For Beares they be common, being a great blacke kind of Beare, which be most feirce in Strawberry time, at which time they have young ones; at this time likewise they will goe upright like a man, and clime trees, and swimme to the Islands; which if the Indians see, there will be more sportfull Beare bayting than Paris Garden can affoard. For seeing the Beares take water, an Indian will leape after him, where they goe to water cuffes for bloody noses, and scratched sides; in the end the man gets the victory, riding the Beare over the watery plaine till he can beare him no longer. In the winter they take themselves to the clifts of rockes, and thicke swamps, to shelter them from the cold; and foode being scant in those cold and hard times, they live onely by sleeping and sucking their pawes, which keepeth them as fat as they are in Summer; there would be more of them if it were not for the Woolves, which devoure them; a kennell of those ravening runnagadoes, setting on a poore single Beare, will teare him as a Dogge will teare a Kid: it would be a good change if the countrey had for every Woolfe a Beare, upon the condition all the woolves were banished; so should the inhabitants be not onely rid of their greatest annoyance, but furnished with more store of provisions, Beares being accounted very good meate, esteemed of all men above Venison: againe they never prey upon the English cattle, or offer to assault the person of any man, unlesse being vexed with a shot, and a man run upon them before they be dead, in which case they will stand in their owne defence, as may appeare by this instance. Two men going a fowling, appointed at evening to meete at a certaine pond side, to share equally, and to returne home; one of these Gunners having killed a Seale or Sea calfe, brought it to the side of the pond where hee was to meete his comrade, afterwards returning to the Sea side for more gaine; and having loaded himselfe with more Geese and Duckes, he repaired to the pond, where hee saw a great Beare feeding on his Seale, which caused him to throw downe his loade, and give the Beare a salute; which though it was but with Goose shot, yet tumbled him over and over, whereupon the man supposing him to be in a manner dead, ran and beate him with the hand of his Gunne; The Beare perceiving him to be such a coward to strike him when he was down, scrambled up, standing at defiance with him, scratching his legges, tearing his cloathes and face, who stood it out till his six foot Gunne was broken in the middle, then being deprived of his weapon, he ran up to the shoulders into the pond, where hee remained till the Beare was gone, and his mate come in, who accompanied him home.
Regarding lions, I can't say I've ever seen one myself, but some people claim they have spotted a lion at Cape Anne, which is only about six leagues from Boston. Others who got lost in the woods have heard such terrifying roars that it alarmed them greatly; those must be either devils or lions, as there aren't any other creatures known to roar like that, except bears, which don't roar in such a frightening manner. Additionally, the men from Plimouth have traded for lion skins in the past. But it's certain that there are lions on that continent, as the Virginians encountered an old lion on their plantations, which had lost its jackal, the one that usually hunted for it, and was left so weak that it couldn’t go any further. As for bears, they are common, especially a large black type that is most fierce during strawberry season when they have cubs. At that time, they will walk upright like a human, climb trees, and swim to the islands; if the Indians see them, there will be more bear-baiting action than Paris Garden can handle. When bears hit the water, an Indian may leap after them, leading to entertaining fights, resulting in bloody noses and scratched sides; eventually, the man triumphs, riding the bear across the watery plains until he can't anymore. In winter, bears take refuge in rocky cliffs and thick swamps to stay warm; when food is scarce during those cold, harsh times, they survive by sleeping and licking their paws, which keeps them as fat as they are in summer. There would be more bears if it weren't for the wolves, which devour them; a pack of those ravenous rogues attacking a lone bear can tear it apart like a dog with a kid. It would be great if the country had a bear for every wolf, on the condition that all the wolves were exiled; this way, the residents would not only be rid of their biggest nuisance but also have more provisions, as bears are considered very good meat, even preferable to venison. Additionally, bears never prey on English livestock or attempt to attack humans unless provoked and shot at, in which case they will defend themselves, as seen in this story. Two men went fowling and agreed to meet that evening at a particular pond to share their catch and head home. One of the hunters killed a seal and brought it to the pond where he was supposed to meet his friend, then he returned to the seaside for more catches. After loading himself with more geese and ducks, he returned to the pond, where he saw a large bear feeding on his seal. This made him drop his load and take a shot at the bear. Although it was just goose shot, it knocked the bear over. The man assumed the bear was nearly dead and ran to beat it with his gun. However, the bear, seeing him striking while it was down, got up and stood its ground, swiping at his legs and tearing at his clothes and face. The man held on until his six-foot gun broke in the middle, and without a weapon, he hurried into the pond, where he stayed until the bear left and his friend arrived to accompany him home.
The beast called a Moose, is not much unlike red Deare, this beast is as bigge as an Oxe; slow of foote, headed like a Bucke, with a broade beame, some being two yards wide in the head, their flesh is as good as Beefe, their hides good for cloathing; The English have some thoughts of keeping them tame, and to accustome them to the yoake, which will be a great commoditie: First because they are so fruitfull, bringing forth three at a time, being likewise very uberous. Secondly, because they will live in winter without any fodder. There be not many of these in the Massachusets bay, but forty miles to the Northeast there be great store of them; These pore beasts likewise are much devoured by the Woolves: The ordinary Deare be much bigger than the Deare of England, of a brighter colour, more inclining to red, with spotted bellies; the most store of these be in winter, when the more Northerne parts of the countrey bee cold for them; they desire to be neare the Sea, so that they may swimme to the Islands when they are chased by the Woolves: It is not to be thought into what great multitudes they would encrease, were it not for the common devourer the Woolfe; They have generally three at a time, which they hide a mile one from another, giving them sucke by turnes; thus they doe, that if the Woolfe should finde one, he might misse of the other. These Deare be fat in the deepe of winter; In Summer it is hard catching of them with the best Greyhounds that may be procured, because they bee swift of foote. Some credible persons have affirmed, that they have seene a Deare leape three score feet at little or no forcement; besides, there be so many old trees, rotten stumps, and Indian barnes, that a dog cannot well run without being shoulder-shot: yet would I not disswade any from carrying good dogges; for in the winter time they be very usefull; for when the snow is hard frozen, the Deare being heavie, sinkes into the snow, the doggs being light runne upon the top and overtake them, and pull them downe: some by this meanes have gotten twenty Buckes and Does in a winter, the hornes of these Deare grow in such a straight manner, (overhanging their heads) that they cannot feede upon such things as grow low, till they have cast their old hornes: of these Deare there be a great many, and more in the Massachusets bay, than in any other place, which is a great helpe and refreshment to these planters. The Porcupine is a small thing not much unlike a Hedgehog; something bigger, who stands upon his guard and proclaimes a Noli me tangere, to man and beast, that shall approach too neare him, darting his quills into their legges, and hides. The Rackoone is a deepe furred beast, not much unlike a Badger, having a tayle like a Fox, as good meate as a Lambe; there is one of them in the Tower. These beasts in the day time sleepe in hollow trees, in the moone shine night they goe to feede on clammes at a low tide, by the Sea side, where the English hunt them with their dogges. The Squerrells be of three sorts, first the great gray Squerrell, which is almost as bigge as an English Rabbet; of these there be the greatest plenty, one may kill a dozen of them in an afternoone, about three of the clocke they begin to walke. The second is a small Squerrell, not unlike the English Squerrell, which doth much trouble the planters of Corne, so that they are constrained to set divers Trappes, and to carry their Cats into the Corne fields, till their corne be three weekes old. The third kind is a flying Squerrell, which is not very bigge, slender of body, with a great deale of loose skinne which shee spreads square when shee flyes, which the winde gets, and so wafts her Batlike body from place to place; it is a creature more for sight and wonderment, than eyther pleasure or profit. The Rabbets be much like ours in England. The Hares be some of them white, and a yard long; these two harmelesse creatures are glad to shelter themselves from the harmefull Foxes, in hollow trees, having a hole at the entrance no bigger than they can creepe in at: if they should make them holes in the ground, as our English Rabbets doe, the undermining Renoilds would rob them of their lives, and extirpate their generation. The beasts of offence be Squunckes, Ferrets, Foxes, whose impudence sometimes drives them to the good wives Hen roost, to fill their Paunch: some of these be blacke; their furre is of much esteeme.
The animal known as a moose is quite similar to a red deer; it is as large as an ox, slow on its feet, has a head like a buck with broad antlers, some measuring up to two yards wide. Their meat is just as good as beef, and their hides are useful for clothing. The English are considering domestication, which could be very beneficial: first, because they reproduce well, often having three at a time, and are also very nurturing. Second, they can survive winter without any feed. There aren't many of these in the Massachusetts Bay, but about forty miles northeast, there are plenty. Unfortunately, these poor creatures are often preyed upon by wolves. The common deer are significantly larger than the deer in England, with a brighter, more reddish color and spotted bellies; they are most prevalent in winter when the colder northern parts of the country drive them south; they prefer to be near the sea so they can swim to the islands when chased by wolves. It's hard to imagine how many would thrive if it weren't for their main predator, the wolf. They typically have three fawns at a time, hide them about a mile apart, and nurse them in turns to protect them from being discovered by wolves. These deer are fat in the depths of winter; in summer, it's challenging to catch them even with the best greyhounds because they are quick on their feet. Some credible people claim to have seen a deer leap sixty feet with little effort; additionally, the terrain is filled with old trees, rotten stumps, and Indian barns, making it difficult for dogs to run without getting hurt. However, I wouldn’t discourage anyone from bringing good dogs because in winter, they are very useful; when the snow is hard and frozen, the heavy deer sink into it, while the lighter dogs can run on top and catch them, leading to hunters bringing home twenty bucks and does in one winter. The antlers of these deer grow so straight (overhanging their heads) that they can't graze on low-growing plants until they shed them. There are many of these deer, and there are more in the Massachusetts Bay than anywhere else, providing great help and sustenance for the settlers. The porcupine is a small creature similar to a hedgehog, slightly larger, which stands its ground and warns others with a "do not touch" signal, shooting its quills at anyone who gets too close. The raccoon is a furry animal, somewhat like a badger, with a tail like a fox, and is considered tasty as lamb; there is one in the tower. These animals sleep in hollow trees during the day, and at night, under the moonlight, they hunt for clams at low tide near the seashore, where the English hunt them with their dogs. There are three types of squirrels: first, the large gray squirrel, which is nearly the size of an English rabbit; these are abundant, and one can easily kill a dozen in an afternoon, as they usually come out around three o'clock. The second is a small squirrel, resembling the English squirrel, which causes trouble for corn planters, forcing them to set traps and bring their cats into the cornfields until the corn is three weeks old. The third type is a flying squirrel, which isn’t very big, has a slender body, and a lot of loose skin that spreads out when it glides, allowing it to float from place to place; it's more of a sight to behold than anything practical or useful. The rabbits are quite similar to our rabbits in England. Some hares are white and about a yard long; these two harmless creatures seek shelter from predatory foxes in hollow trees, using openings just large enough for them to squeeze in. If they were to dig holes in the ground like our English rabbits do, the cunning foxes would easily steal their lives and wipe out their population. The troublesome animals include skunks, ferrets, and foxes, whose boldness sometimes leads them to raid the good wives' chicken coops to fill their bellies; some of these are black, and their fur is highly valued.
The Ounce or the wilde Cat, is as big as a mungrell dog, this creature is by nature feirce, and more dangerous to bee met withall than any other creature, not fearing eyther dogge or man; he useth to kill Deare, which hee thus effecteth: Knowing the Deares tracts, hee will lye lurking in long weedes, the Deare passing by he suddenly leapes upon his backe, from thence gets to his necke, and scratcheth out his throate; he hath likewise a devise to get Geese, for being much of the colour of a Goose he will place himselfe close by the water, holding up his bob taile, which is like a Goose necke; the Geese seeing this counterfet Goose, approach nigh to visit him, who with a suddaine jerke apprehends his mistrustlesse prey. The English kill many of these, accounting them very good meat. Their skinnes be a very deepe kind of Furre, spotted white and black on the belly. The Woolves bee in some respect different from them of other countries; it was never knowne yet that a Woolfe ever set upon a man or woman. Neyther do they trouble horses or cowes; but swine, goates and red calves which they take for Deare, be often destroyed by them, so that a red calfe is cheaper than a blacke one in that regard; in Autumne and the beginning of the Spring, these ravenous rangers doe most frequent our English habitations, following the Deare which come downe at that time to those parts. They be made much like a Mungrell, being big boned, lanke paunched, deepe breasted, having a thicke necke, and head, pricke eares, and long snoute, with dangerous teeth, long flaring haire, and a great bush taile; it is thought of many, that our English Mastiffes might be too hard for them; but it is no such matter, for they care no more for an ordinary Mastiffe, than an ordinary Mastiffe cares for a Curre; many good Dogges have beene spoyled with them. Once a faire Grayhound hearing them at their howlings run out to chide them, who was torne in peeces before he could be rescued. One of them makes no more bones to runne away with a Pigge, than a Dogge to runne away with a Marrow bone. It is observed that they have no joynts from the head to the tayle, which prevents them from leaping, or suddaine turning, as may appeare by what I shall shew you. A certaine man having shot a Woolfe, as he was feeding upon a Swine, breaking his legge onely, hee knew not how to devise his death, on a suddaine, the Woolfe being a blacke one, he was loath to spoyle his furre with a second shot, his skinne being worth five or sixe pound Sterling; wherefore hee resolved to get him by the tayle, and thrust him into a River that was hard by; which effected, the Woolfe being not able to turne his joyntlesse body to bite him, was taken. That they cannot leape, may appeare by this Woolfe, whose mouth watering at a few poore impaled Kiddes, would needes leape over a five-foote pale to be at them; but his foote slipping in the rise, he fell a little short of his desire, and being hung in the Carpenters stockes, howled so loud, that he frighted away the Kids, and called the English, who killed him. These be killed dayly in some place or other, either by the English, or Indian; who have a certaine rate for every head: Yet is there little hope of their utter destruction, the Countrey being so spacious, and they so numerous, travelling in the Swamps by Kennels: sometimes ten or twelve are of a company. Late at night, and early in the morning, they set up their howlings, and call their companies together at night to hunt, at morning to sleepe; in a word they be the greatest inconveniency the Countrey hath, both for matter of dammage to private men in particular, and the whole Countrey in generall.
The Ounce, or wildcat, is about the size of a mixed-breed dog. This creature is naturally fierce and poses more danger than any other animal, showing no fear of either dogs or humans. It typically hunts deer by lying in wait in tall grass. As the deer pass by, it suddenly jumps onto their back, climbs to their neck, and scratches open their throat. It also has a clever method for catching geese; resembling a goose in color, it positions itself near the water, raising its stubby tail like a goose's neck. The geese, thinking it's another goose, come closer to investigate, at which point the wildcat swiftly pounces on its unsuspecting prey. The English hunt many of these, considering them quite tasty. Their fur is a deep kind of pelt, with white and black spots on the belly. Wolves in England differ somewhat from those in other countries; it's never been known for a wolf to attack a man or woman. They don’t bother horses or cows, but they often kill pigs, goats, and red calves, which they mistake for deer, making red calves cheaper than black ones. In autumn and early spring, these hungry predators often invade English settlements, following the deer that come down to those areas at that time. They resemble a mixed-breed dog, being robustly built, lanky, deep-chested, with thick necks and heads, pointed ears, long snouts, dangerous teeth, shaggy fur, and bushy tails. Many believe that our English mastiffs could take them on, but that's not the case; they care no more for an ordinary mastiff than an ordinary mastiff cares for a mutt. Many good dogs have been ruined by them. Once, a fine greyhound, hearing their howls, rushed out to confront them and was torn to pieces before anyone could help. One of these wolves has no problem running off with a pig, just like a dog would run off with a bone. It’s noted that they have no joints from head to tail, which hinders their ability to jump or turn quickly, as shown by what I will tell you next. A man shot a wolf while it was eating a pig, breaking only its leg, but he didn’t know how to finish it off. Reluctant to damage its valuable black fur with a second shot, worth five or six pounds, he decided to grab it by the tail and throw it into a nearby river. The wolf, unable to turn its jointless body to bite him, was caught. Their inability to leap is evident from a story about another wolf. Tempted by some poor trapped kids, it tried to leap over a five-foot fence to get to them but slipped and fell short. Found stuck in a carpenter's stocks, it howled so loudly that it scared away the kids and drew the English, who killed it. These wolves are killed daily in various locations, either by the English or by Indians, who have a fixed price for each one. However, there’s little hope for their total extinction, given the vastness of the country and their large numbers, often traveling in groups of ten or twelve. They howl late at night and early in the morning, gathering together at night to hunt and resting in the morning. In short, they are the greatest nuisance in the country, causing damage to individuals and the community as a whole.
Ch. 7.
For all creatures that liv'd both by Land and Water, they be first Otters, which be most of them blacke, whose furre is much used for Muffes, and are held almost as deare as Beaver. The flesh of them is none of the best meate, but their Oyle is of rare use for many things. Secondly, Martins, a good furre for their bignesse: Thirdly, Musquashes, which be much like a Beaver for shape, but nothing neare so bigge; the Male hath two stones which smell as sweete as Muske, and being killed in Winter, never lose their sweete smell: These skinnes are no bigger than a Coney-skinne, yet are sold for five shillings a peece, being sent for Tokens into England. One good skinne will perfume a whole house-full of cloathes, if it be right and good. Fourthly, the Beaver, concerning whom if I should at large discourse, according to knowledge or information, I might make a Volumne. The wisedome and understanding of this Beast, will almost conclude him a reasonable creature: His shape is thicke and short, having likewise short legs, feete like a Mole before, and behinde like a Goose, a broad tayle in forme like a shooe-soale, very tough and strong; his head is something like an Otters head, saving that his teeth before, be placed like the teeth of a Rabbet, two above, and two beneath; sharpe and broad, with which he cuts downe Trees as thicke as a mans thigh, afterwards diuiding them into lengths, according to the use they are appointed for. If one Bever be too weake to carry the logge, then another helpes him; if they two be too weake, then Multorum manibus grande levatur onus; foure more adding their helpe, being placed three to three, which set their teeth in one anothers tough tayles, and laying the loade on the two hindermost, they draw the logge to the desired place. That this may not seeme altogether incredible, remember that the like almost may be seene in our Ants, which will joyne sometimes seaven or eight together in the carrying of a burthen. These Creatures build themselves houses of wood and clay, close by the Ponds sides, and knowing the Seasons, build them answerable houses, having them three stories high, so that as land-floods are raised by great Raines, as the waters arise, they mount higher in their houses; as they asswage, they descend lower againe. These houses are so strong, that no creature saving an industrious man with his penetrating tooles can prejudice them, their ingresse and egresse being Vnder water. These make likewise very good Ponds, knowing whence a streame runnes from betweene two rising Hils, they will there pitch downe piles of Wood, placing smaller rubbish before it with clay and sods, not leaving, till by their Art and Industry they have made a firme and curious damme-head, which may draw admiration from wise understanding men. These creatures keepe themselves to their owne families, never parting so long as they are able to keepe house together: And it is commonly sayd, if any Beaver accidentally light into a strange place, he is made a drudge so long as he lives there, to carry at the greater end of the logge, unlesse he creepe away by stealth. Their wisedome secures them from the English, who seldome or neuer kills any of them, being not patient to lay a long siege, or to be so often deceived by their cunning evasions, so that all the Beaver which the English have, comes first from the Indians, whose time and experience fits them for that imployment.
For all creatures that live both on land and in water, the first are otters, most of which are black, and their fur is greatly prized for making muffs, valued almost as highly as beaver. Their meat isn’t particularly good, but their oil has many valuable uses. Next are martins, which have good fur for their size. Third are musk rats, which resemble beavers in shape but are much smaller; the males have two glands that smell as sweet as musk, and when they’re killed in winter, they retain their sweet scent. These skins are no bigger than rabbit skins but sell for five shillings each and are sent to England as tokens. One good skin can perfume an entire house full of clothes if it’s of high quality. Fourth is the beaver, about whom I could write extensively based on my knowledge or information, potentially filling a volume. The intelligence and understanding of this animal almost make it seem like a rational creature. It has a thick, short body, short legs, feet that resemble a mole's in front and a goose's behind, and a broad tail shaped like a shoe sole, which is tough and strong. Its head is somewhat like an otter's, except its front teeth are arranged like a rabbit's—two on top and two on the bottom—sharp and broad, allowing it to fell trees as thick as a person's thigh, which it then cuts into lengths for various uses. If one beaver is too weak to carry a log, another helps it; if the two are too weak, then Multorum manibus grande levatur onus; four more join in, forming a team where three hold on to one another’s tough tails, while the two at the back pull the log to the desired spot. To make this seem less incredible, remember that similar teamwork can be seen in ants, which sometimes join together to carry burdens. These creatures build their homes of wood and clay near pond edges, and being aware of the seasons, they construct appropriate houses that can be three stories high, which allows them to rise as floodwaters increase and lower as they recede. Their houses are so strong that only a determined person with the right tools can damage them, with entry and exit occurring underwater. They also create very good ponds; when they find a stream running between two rising hills, they will drive down wooden piles, place smaller debris in front of them with clay and sods, not stopping until they’ve made a solid and impressive dam that would amaze knowledgeable individuals. These creatures stay loyal to their families and rarely separate as long as they can keep house together. It’s often said that if a beaver accidentally ends up in an unfamiliar place, it becomes a laborer for as long as it lives there, tasked with carrying the heavier end of the log unless it sneaks away. Their intelligence protects them from the English, who rarely kill them, unable to endure a lengthy siege or be outsmarted by their clever tricks, which is why all the beavers that the English have come from the Indians, whose time and experience prepare them for that work.
Chap. 8.
Having shewed you the most desireable, usefull, and beneficiall creatures, with the most offensive carrions that belong to our Wildernesse, it remaines in the next place, to shew you such kinds of Fowle as the Countrey affords: They are many, and we have much variety both at Sea and on Land; and such as yeeld us much profit, and honest pleasure, and are these that follow; as
Having shown you the most desirable, useful, and beneficial creatures, along with the most unpleasant carrion from our wilderness, the next step is to show you the kinds of birds that the country has to offer. There are many, and we have a wide variety both at sea and on land, providing us with significant profit and genuine pleasure, which are as follows:
The Eagles of the Countrey be of two sorts, one like the Eagles that be in England, the other is something bigger with a great white head, and white tayle: these bee commonly called Gripes; these prey upon Duckes and Geese, and such Fish as are cast upon the Sea-shore. And although an Eagle be counted King of that feathered regiment, yet is there a certaine blacke Hawke that beates him; so that hee is constrayned to soare so high, till heate expell his adversary. This Hawke is much prized of the Indians, being accounted a Sagamores ransome.
The eagles in the country come in two types: one similar to the eagles found in England, and the other is a bit larger with a big white head and white tail, commonly known as Gripes. They hunt ducks, geese, and any fish washed up on the shore. Although an eagle is considered the king of the birds, there’s a certain black hawk that can overpower it, forcing the eagle to soar high until the heat drives the hawk away. This hawk is highly valued by the Indians, as it is considered a chief's ransom.
To speake much of Hawkes, were to trespasse upon my owne judgement, and bring upon my selfe a deserved censure, for abusing the Faulconers termes: But by relation from those that have more insight into them than my selfe: There be divers kinds of Hawkes: their Aieries are easie to come by, being in the holes of Rockes, neare the shore, so that any who are addicted to that sport, if he will be but at the charge of finding Poultry for them, may have his desires. We could wish them well mew'd in England; for they make hauocke of Hens, Partridges, Heathcockes, and Duckes; often hindering the Fowler of his long look't for shoote. The Humbird is one of the wonders of the Countrey, being no bigger than a Hornet, yet hath all the demensions of a Bird, as bill, and wings, with quills, spider-like legges, small clawes: For colour, she is as glorious as the Raine-bow; as she flies, she makes a little humming noise like a Humble-bee: wherefore shee is called the Humbird. The Pigeon of that Countrey, is something different from our Dove-house Pigeons in England, being more like Turtles, of the same colour; but they haue long tayles like a Magpie: And they seeme not so bigge, because they carry not so many feathers on their backes as our English Doves, yet are they as bigge in body. These Birds come into the Countrey, to goe to the North parts in the beginning of our Spring, at which time (if I may be counted worthy, to be beleeved in a thing that is not so strange as true) I have seene them fly as if the Ayerie regiment had beene Pigeons; seeing neyther beginning nor ending, length, or breadth of these Millions of Millions. The shouting of people, the ratling of Gunnes, and pelting of small shotte could not drive them out of their course, but so they continued for foure or five houres together: yet it must not be concluded, that it is thus often; for it is but at the beginning of the Spring, and at Michaelmas, when they returne backe to the Southward; yet are there some all the yeare long, which are easily attayned by such as looke after them. Many of them build amongst the Pine-trees, thirty miles to the North-east of our plantations; joyning nest to nest, and tree to tree by their nests, so that the Sunne never sees the ground in that place, from whence the Indians fetch whole loades of them.
Talking a lot about hawks would be stepping on my own judgment and would bring deserved criticism for misusing falconry terms. But according to those who know more about them than I do, there are several types of hawks. Their nests are easy to find, as they are located in the crevices of rocks near the shore, so anyone interested in that sport can satisfy their desires if they're willing to invest in finding poultry for them. We wish they were well-kept in England, since they wreak havoc on hens, partridges, heathcocks, and ducks, often messing up the fowler's long-awaited shot. The hummingbird is one of the marvels of the country, being no bigger than a hornet yet having all the features of a bird—beak, wings, with quills, spider-like legs, and small claws. In terms of color, it is as vibrant as a rainbow; when it flies, it makes a little humming noise like a bumblebee, which is why it's called the hummingbird. The pigeon from that country is somewhat different from our dove-house pigeons in England, resembling more of turtledoves of the same color, but they have long tails like a magpie. They may not seem as large since they carry fewer feathers on their backs than our English doves, yet they are the same size in body. These birds come into the country heading north at the beginning of our spring. At that time, if I may be believed in something that is not weird but true, I have seen them fly as if the entire regiment were pigeons, with no beginning or end, just millions and millions of them. The crowd's shouting, the sound of guns, and the showering of small shot couldn’t redirect them; they just kept flying for four or five hours straight. However, it shouldn’t be concluded that this happens often, as it only occurs at the beginning of spring and at Michaelmas when they return southward; yet some remain all year round and can be easily caught by those who seek them. Many of them build nests among the pine trees, thirty miles northeast of our plantations, joining nest to nest and tree to tree, so that the sun never hits the ground in that spot, from where the Indians collect entire loads of them.
The Turky is a very large Bird, of a blacke colour, yet white in flesh; much bigger than our English Turky. He hath the use of his long legs so ready, that he can runne as fast as a Dogge, and flye as well as a Goose: of these sometimes there will be forty, threescore, and a hundred of a flocke, sometimes more and sometimes lesse; their feeding is Acornes, Hawes, and Berries, some of them get a haunt to frequent our English corne: In winter when the Snow covers the ground, they resort to the Sea shore to look for Shrimps, & such smal Fishes at low tides. Such as love Turkie hunting, must follow it in winter after a new falne Snow, when hee may follow them by their tracts; some have killed ten or a dozen in halfe a day; if they can be found towards an evening and watched where they peirch, if one come about ten or eleaven of the clocke he may shoote as often as he will, they will sit, unlesse they be slenderly wounded. These Turkies remaine all the yeare long, the price of a good Turkie cocke is foure shillings; and he is well worth it, for he may be in weight forty pound; a Hen two shillings. Pheasons bee very rare, but Heathcockes, and Partridges be common; he that is a husband, and will be stirring betime, may kill halfe a dozen in a morning.
The turkey is a very large bird, mostly black but with white meat; it's much bigger than our English turkey. It has such long legs that it can run as fast as a dog and fly as well as a goose. Sometimes there will be forty, sixty, or even a hundred in a flock, and sometimes more or fewer. They feed on acorns, haws, and berries; some of them frequent our English corn. In the winter, when the snow covers the ground, they head to the seashore to look for shrimp and small fish at low tide. Those who enjoy turkey hunting should follow them in winter after a fresh snowfall, when they can be tracked by their footprints. Some hunters have killed ten or a dozen in half a day; if they can be found in the evening and watched where they perch, if one comes around ten or eleven o’clock, they can shoot as often as they want, as the turkeys will sit unless they are lightly wounded. These turkeys stay all year round, and a good turkey cock costs four shillings; it’s worth it, as it can weigh up to forty pounds. A hen costs two shillings. Pheasants are very rare, but heathcocks and partridges are common; a farmer who gets up early can kill half a dozen in a morning.
The Partridges be bigger than they be in England, the flesh of the Heathcockes is red, and the flesh of a Partridge white, their price is foure pence a peece. The Ravens, and the Crowes be much like them of other countries. There are no Magpies, Iackedawes, Coockooes, Iayes, Sparrows, &c. The Stares be bigger than those in England, as blacke as Crowes, being the most troublesome, and injurious bird of all others, pulling up the cornes by the roots, when it is young, so that those who plant by reedy and sedgy places, where they frequent, are much annoyed with them, they being so audacious that they feare not Guns, or their fellowes hung upon poles; but the Corne having a weeke or nine dayes growth is past their spoyling. The Owles be of two sorts; the one being small speckled, like a Partridge, with eares, the other being a great Owle, almost as big as an Eagle, his body beeing as good meate as a Partridge. Cormorants bee as common as other fowles, which destroy abundance of small fish, these are not worth the shooting because they are the worst of fowles for meate, tasting ranke, and fishy: againe, one may shoot twenty times and misse, for seeing the fire in the panne, they dive under the water before the shot comes to the place where they were; they use to roost upon the tops of trees, and rockes, being a very heavy drowsie creature, so that the Indians will goe in their Cannowes in the night, and take them from the Rockes, as easily as women take a Hen from roost; No ducking ponds can affoard more delight than a lame Cormorant, and two or three lusty Dogges. The Crane although hee bee almost as tall as a man by reason of his long legges, and necke; yet is his body rounder than other fowles, not much unlike the body of a Turkie. I have seene many of these fowles, yet did I never see one that was fat, I suppose it is contrary to their nature to grow fat; Of these there be many in Summer, but none in winter, their price is two shilling. There be likewise many Swannes which frequent the fresh ponds and rivers, seldome consorting themselves with Duckes and Geese; these bee very good meate, the price of one is six shillings. The Geese of the countrey be of three sorts, first a brant Goose, which is a Goose almost like the wilde Goose in England, the price of one of these is six pence. The second kind is a white Goose, almost as big as an English tame Goose, these come in great flockes about Michelmasse, sometimes there will be two or three thousand in a flocke, these continue six weekes, and so flye to the southward, returning in March, and staying six weekes more, returning againe to the Northward; the price of one of these is eight pence. The third kind of Geese, is a great gray Goose, with a blacke necke, and a blacke and white head, strong of flight; these bee a great deale bigger than the ordinary Geese of England, some very fat, and in the Spring so full of Feathers, that the shot can scarce peirce them; most of these Geese remaine with us from Michelmas to Aprill; they feede on the Sea of Fish, and in the woods of Acornes, having as other Foule have, their passe and repasse to the Northward and Southward: the accurate marksmen kill of these both flying and sitting; the price of a good gray Goose is eighteene pence. The Duckes of the countrey be very large ones and in great abundance, so is there of Teale likewise; the price of a Ducke is six pence, of a Teale three pence. If I should tell you how some have killed a hundred Geese in a weeke, 50. Duckes at a shot, 40. Teales at another, it may be counted impossible, though nothing more certaine. The Oldwives, be a foule that never leave tatling day or night, something bigger than a Ducke. The Loone is an ill shap'd thing like a Cormorant; but that he can neyther goe nor flye; he maketh a noise sometimes like a Sowgelders horne. The Humilities or Simplicities (as I may rather call them) bee of two sorts, the biggest being as big as a greene Plover, the other as big as birds we call knots in England. Such is the simplicity of the smaller sorts of these birds, that one may drive them on a heape like so many sheepe, and seeing a fit time shoot them; the living seeing the dead, settle themselves on the same place againe, amongst which the Fowler discharges againe. I my selfe have killed twelve score at two shootes: these bird are to be had upon sandy brakes at the latter end of Summer before the Geese come in. Thus much have I shewed you as I know to bee true concerning the Fowle of the countrey. But me thinkes I heare some say that this is very good if it could be caught, or likely to continue, and that much shooting will fright away the fowles. True it is, that every ones imployment wil not permit him to fowle: what then? yet their imployments furnish them with silver Guns with which they may have it more easie. For the frighting of the fowle, true it is that many goe blurting away their pouder and shot, that have no more skill to kill, or winne a Goose, than many in England that have rustie Muskets in their houses, knowes what belongs to a Souldier, yet are they not much affrighted. I have seene more living and dead the last yeare than I have done in former yeares.
The partridges are bigger than they are in England, the flesh of the heathcocks is red, and the flesh of a partridge is white; they cost four pence each. The ravens and crows are similar to those in other countries. There are no magpies, jackdaws, cuckoos, jays, sparrows, etc. The starlings are larger than those in England, as black as crows, and are the most troublesome and harmful birds, pulling up young corn by the roots. Those who plant near reeds and marshy areas, where they are common, are greatly annoyed by them, as they are so bold that they aren’t afraid of guns or their dead companions hung on poles. However, once the corn has grown for a week or nine days, it's past their spoiling stage. The owls come in two types: one small and speckled like a partridge with ears, and the other a large owl, almost as big as an eagle, which is as good to eat as a partridge. Cormorants are as common as other birds, but they destroy a lot of small fish; they aren’t worth shooting because they are the worst for meat, tasting rank and fishy. Moreover, you could shoot twenty times and miss, as they dive under the water before the shot reaches them. They usually roost at the tops of trees and rocks, being very heavy and drowsy, so the Indians go out in their canoes at night and catch them off the rocks as easily as women take hens from nests. No duck pond can offer more fun than a lame cormorant and a couple of strong dogs. The crane, although it’s almost as tall as a man because of its long legs and neck, has a body rounder than other birds, resembling that of a turkey. I’ve seen many of these birds, but I’ve never seen one that was fat; I suspect it’s in their nature not to get fat. Many are around in summer, but none in winter; they cost two shillings each. There are also many swans that frequent fresh ponds and rivers, seldom mixing with ducks and geese; these are very good to eat, with one costing six shillings. The geese of the area come in three types: first, the brant goose, which is almost like the wild goose in England, costing six pence each. The second type is a white goose, almost as big as an English tame goose, coming in large flocks around Michaelmas; sometimes there are two or three thousand in one flock. They stay for six weeks, then fly south, returning in March and staying another six weeks before heading back north; their price is eight pence each. The third type is a large gray goose with a black neck and a black and white head, very strong flyers; these are much bigger than the usual geese in England, some extremely fat, and in spring so full of feathers that the shot can hardly pierce them. Most of these geese stay with us from Michaelmas to April; they feed in the sea and on acorns in the woods, moving north and south like other fowl do. Skilled marksmen can shoot them both in flight and while sitting; a good gray goose costs eighteen pence. The ducks in the area are very large and abundant, as are teal; the price for a duck is six pence, and for teal, three pence. If I were to tell you how some have shot a hundred geese in a week, fifty ducks in one shot, and forty teal in another, it might seem impossible, but it is absolutely true. The old wives are birds that never stop gossiping day or night, a bit larger than ducks. The loon is an awkward creature like a cormorant, but it can neither walk nor fly; it makes a sound sometimes like a horn. The humilities or simplicities (as I prefer to call them) come in two types, the larger being as big as a green plover and the smaller about the size of birds we call knots in England. Such is the simplicity of the smaller types of these birds that one can drive them into a heap like sheep, and when the time is right, shoot them; the living ones, seeing the dead, settle back in the same spot again, allowing the hunter to shoot again. I personally have shot twelve dozen in two shots: these birds can be found on sandy marshes at the end of summer before the geese arrive. I've shown you all I know to be true regarding the birds of the area. But I sense some might say this is good if it could be caught or likely to last, and that too much shooting will scare the birds away. It’s true that not everyone has the time to hunt birds: so what? Their jobs provide them with silver guns to make it easier. Regarding scaring the birds, it’s true many shoot off their powder and shot who have no more skill in killing or catching a goose than many in England who have rusty muskets at home know what a soldier requires, yet they aren’t easily frightened. I’ve seen more live and dead last year than in previous years.
Chap. 9.
Having done with these, let me leade you from the land to the Sea, to view what commodities may come from thence; there is no countrey knowne, that yeelds more variety of fish winter and summer: and that not onely for the present spending and sustentation of the plantations, but likewise for trade into other countries, so that those which have had stages & make fishing voyages into those parts, have gained (it is thought) more than the new found land Iobbers. Codfish in these seas are larger than in new found land, six or seaven making a quintall, whereas there they have fifteene to the same weight; and though this they seeme a base and more contemptible commoditie in the judgement of more neate adventurers, yet it hath bin the enrichment of other nations, and is likely to prove no small commoditie to the planters, and likewise to England if it were thorowly undertaken. Salt may be had from the salt Islands, and as is supposed may be made in the countrey. The chiefe fish for trade is Cod, but for the use of the countrey, there is all manner of fish as followeth.
Having finished this, let me take you from the land to the sea to see what resources we can find there. No other country is known to provide more variety of fish, both in winter and summer. This fish is not only important for the immediate needs and sustenance of the settlements but also for trade with other countries. Those who have set up fishing operations and made voyages to these areas are believed to have profited more than those in Newfoundland. Cod in these waters are larger than those found in Newfoundland, with six or seven making a quintal, while there they need fifteen to reach the same weight. Although some may view this as a lower and less valuable commodity, it has brought wealth to other nations and is likely to become a significant resource for the settlers, as well as for England if it is fully developed. Salt can be obtained from the salt islands, and it is thought that it can also be produced in the country. The primary fish for trade is cod, but for local use, there are all kinds of fish as follows.
To omit such of these as are not usefull, therefore not to be spoken of, and onely to certifie you of such as be usefull. First the Seale which is that which is called the Sea Calfe, his skinne is good for divers uses, his body being betweene fish and flesh, it is not very delectable to the pallate, or congruent with the stomack; his Oyle is very good to burne in Lampes, of which he affoards a great deale. The Sharke is a kinde of fish as bigge as a man, some as bigge as a horse, with three rowes of teeth within his mouth, with which he snaps asunder the fishermans lines, if he be not very circumspect: This fish will leape at a mans hand if it be over board, and with his teeth snap off a mans legge or hand if he be a swimming; These are often taken, being good for nothing but to put on the ground for manuring of land. The Sturgions be all over the countrey, but the best catching of them be upon the shoales of Cape Codde, and in the River of Mirrimacke, where much is taken, pickled and brought for England, some of these be 12.14.18. foote long: I set not downe the price of fish there, because it is so cheape, so that one may have as much for two pence, as would give him an angell in England. The Sammon is as good as it is in England and in great plenty. The Hollibut is not much unlike a pleace or Turbut, some being two yards long, and one wide, and a foot thicke; the plenty of better fish makes these of little esteeme, except the head and finnes, which stewed or baked is very good: these Hollibuts be little set by while Basse is in season. Thornebacke and Scates is given to the dogges, being not counted worth the dressing in many places. The Basse is one of the best fishes in the countrey, and though men are soone wearied with other fish, yet are they never with Basse; it is a delicate, fine, fat, fast fish, having a bone in his head, which containes a sawcerfull of marrow sweet and good, pleasant to the pallat, and wholsome to the stomack. When there be great store of them, we onely eate the heads, and salt up the bodies for winter, which exceedes Ling or Haberdine. Of these fishes some be three and some foure foot long, some bigger, some lesser: at some tides a man may catch a dozen or twenty of these in three houres, the way to catch them is with hooke and line: The Fisherman taking a great Cod-line, to which he fastneth a peece of Lobster, and throwes it into the Sea, the fish biting at it he pulls her to him, and knockes her on the head with a sticke. These are at one time (when Alewives passe up the Rivers) to be catched in Rivers, in Lobster time at the Rockes, in Macrill time in the Bayes, at Michelmas in the Seas. When they use to tide it in and out to the Rivers and Creekes, the English at the top of an high water do crosse the Creekes with long seanes or Basse Netts, which stop in the fish; and the water ebbing from them they are left on the dry ground, sometimes two or three thousand at a set, which are salted up against winter, or distributed to such as have present occasion either to spend them in their houses, or use them for their ground. The Herrings be much like them that be caught on the English coasts. Alewives be a kind of fish which is much like a Herring, which in the latter end of Aprill come up to the fresh Rivers to spawne, in such multitudes as is allmost incredible, pressing up in such shallow waters as will scarce permit them to swimme, having likewise such longing desire after the fresh water ponds, that no beatings with poles, or forcive agitations by other devices, will cause them to returne to the sea, till they have cast their Spawne. The Shaddes be bigger than the English Shaddes and fatter. The Macrells be of two sorts, in the beginning of the yeare are great ones, which be upon the coast; some are 18. inches long. In Summer as in May, Iune, Iuly, and August, come in a smaller kind of them: These Macrills are taken with drailes which is a long small line, with a lead and hooke at the end of it, being baited with a peece of red cloath: this kind of fish is counted a leane fish in England, but there it is so fat, that it can scarce be saved against winter without reisting. There be a great store of Salt water Eeles, especially in such places where grasse growes: for to take these there be certaine Eele pots made of Osyers, which must be baited with a peece of Lobster, into which the Eeles entring cannot returne backe againe: some take a bushell in a night in this manner, eating as many as they have neede of for the present, and salt up the rest against winter. These Eeles be not of so luscious a tast as they be in England, neyther are they so aguish, but are both wholesome for the body, and delightfull for the taste: Lamprons and Lampreyes be not much set by; Lobsters be in plenty in most places, very large ones, some being 20. pound in weight; these are taken at a low water amongst the rockes, they are very good fish, the small ones being the best, their plenty makes them little esteemed and seldome eaten. The Indians get many of them every day for to baite their hookes withall, and to eate when they can get no Basse: The Oisters be great ones in forme of a shoo horne, some be a foote long, these breede on certaine bankes that are bare every spring tide. This fish without the shell is so big that it must admit of a devision before you can well get it into your mouth. The Perewig is a kind of fish that lyeth in the oaze like a head of haire, which being touched conveyes it selfe leaving nothing to bee seene but a small round hole. Muscles be in great plenty, left onely for the Hogges, which if they were in England would be more esteemed of the poorer sort. Clamms or Clamps is a shel-fish not much unlike a cockle, it lyeth under the sand, every six or seaven of them having a round hole to take ayre and receive water at. When the tide ebs and flowes, a man running over these Clamm bankes will presently be made all wet, by their spouting of water out of those small holes: These fishes be in great plenty in most places of the countrey, which is a great commoditie for the feeding of Swine, both in winter, and Summer; for being once used to those places, they will repaire to them as duely every ebbe, as if they were driven to them by keepers: In some places of the countrey there bee Clamms as bigge as a pennie white loafe, which are great dainties amongst the natives, and would bee in good esteeme amongst the English, were it not for better fish.
To skip over those that aren’t useful, and therefore not worth mentioning, I’ll just let you know about the useful ones. First, the seal, known as the sea calf, has skin that’s good for various uses; its body is a mix of fish and flesh, making it not very tasty or easy on the stomach. However, its oil burns well in lamps, and there's plenty of it. The shark is a type of fish that can be as big as a man, with some as large as a horse. It has three rows of teeth that can easily snap a fisherman’s line if he's not careful. This fish will leap at a person’s hand if it’s overboard, and it can bite off a leg or hand if someone is swimming nearby. They’re often caught but are only good for baiting the ground to improve soil. Sturgeon are found all over the country, but they are best caught in the shallow waters of Cape Cod and in the Merrimack River, where many are caught, pickled, and sent back to England. Some of these can be 12, 14, or 18 feet long. I’m not listing fish prices there because they are so cheap; one can get as much for two pence as one would spend an angel for in England. Salmon is just as good as in England and is quite plentiful. Halibut is similar to flounder or turbot, with some measuring two yards long, one yard wide, and a foot thick. The large variety of better fish makes halibut less valued, aside from the head and fins, which, when stewed or baked, are quite tasty. Halibut isn’t prized much when bass is in season. Thornback rays and skates are often given to dogs as they’re not considered worth cooking in many areas. Bass is one of the best fish in the country; even though people get tired of other kinds of fish, they never get tired of bass. It’s delicate, fine, and fatty, with a bone in its head containing a spoonful of sweet, marrow-like substance that’s pleasant to taste and healthy for the stomach. When there’s a large catch, we eat only the heads and salt the bodies for winter, which is better than ling or haddock. Some of these fish are three or four feet long, with some being larger or smaller. At certain times, a person can catch a dozen or twenty of them in three hours using a hook and line. The fisherman takes a strong cod line, attaches a piece of lobster, and casts it into the sea. When the fish bite, he pulls it in and hits it on the head with a stick. These fish can also be caught in rivers when alewives swim upstream, during lobster season near the rocks, in mackerel season in the bays, and around Michaelmas in the seas. When they tide in and out of the rivers and creeks, the English use long seine nets at high tide to catch the fish, which get trapped as the water ebbs, sometimes leaving behind two or three thousand at a time. These fish are salted for winter or given to those who need to use them right away. Herrings are quite similar to those caught along the English coasts. Alewives are fish similar to herring that, in late April, swim up to fresh rivers to spawn in incredible numbers, pressing into shallow waters barely deep enough for them to swim. Their desire for fresh water ponds is so strong that no amount of hitting with poles or pushing will make them return to the sea until they’ve spawned. Shad are larger and fatter than English shad. Mackerel come in two types; at the beginning of the year, the bigger ones are found along the coast, with some being 18 inches long. In summer, around May, June, July, and August, smaller mackerel appear. These mackerel are caught with a long line and a hook baited with a piece of red cloth. This kind of fish is considered lean in England, but here they’re so fatty that they can hardly be saved for winter without spoiling. There are many saltwater eels, especially where grass grows. Eels are caught using special eel pots made from willows, baited with a piece of lobster; once the eels enter, they can’t escape. Some people catch a bushel in a night this way, eating as many as they need and salting the rest for winter. These eels don’t taste as rich as they do in England, nor are they as slimy, but they are both healthy and tasty. Lampreys aren’t valued much. Lobsters are plentiful and large, some weighing 20 pounds. They are caught at low tide among the rocks and are very good to eat, with the smaller ones being the best. Their abundance makes them less valued and not eaten very often. The Indians catch many daily to use as bait and eat when they can’t get bass. Oysters are large, shaped like a shoehorn, with some measuring a foot long. They breed on certain banks that are exposed at spring tides. The oyster meat is so big that it needs to be cut before you can fit it into your mouth. The perewig is a fish that hides like a tuft of hair, and when touched, it quickly disappears, leaving behind only a small hole. Mussels are plentiful, usually reserved for pigs, which, if they were in England, would be more valued by poorer folks. Clams are shellfish similar to cockles, found buried in the sand, with each six or seven having a round hole for breathing and taking in water. When the tide goes in and out, anyone running over these clam banks will get wet from their spouting water. These fish are abundant in most parts of the country, a great resource for feeding pigs both in winter and summer. Once accustomed to these areas, they return to them at each low tide as if driven by keepers. In some areas, clams can be as big as a penny white loaf, which are considered treats among the natives and would be regarded highly by the English if it weren’t for better fish.
Chap. 10.
Having described the situation of the countrey in generall, with all his commodities arising from land and Sea, it may adde to your content and satisfaction to be informed of the situation of every severall plantation, with his conveniences, commodities, and discommodities, &c. where first I will begin with the outmost plantation in the patent to the South ward, which is called Wessaguscus an Indian name: this as yet is but a small Village, yet it is very pleasant, and healthfull, very good ground, and is well timbred, and hath good store of Hey ground; it hath a very spacious harbour for shipping before the towne; the salt water being navigable for Boates & Pinnaces two leagues. Here the inhabitants have good store of fish of all sorts, and Swine, having Acornes and Clamms at the time of yeare; here is likewise an Alewife river. Three miles to the North of this is mount Walleston, a very fertile soyle, and a place very convenient for Farmers houses, there being great store of plaine ground, without trees. This place is called Massachusets fields where the greatest Sagamore in the countrey lived, before the Plague, who caused it to be cleared for himselfe. The greatest inconvenience is, that there is not very many Springs, as in other places of the countrey, yet water may bee had for digging: A second inconvenience is, that Boates cannot come in at a low water, nor ships ride neare the shore. Sixe miles further to the North, lieth Dorchester; which is the greatest Towne in New England; well woodded and watered; very good arable grounds, and Hay-ground, faire Corne-fields, and pleasant Gardens, with Kitchin-gardens. In this plantation is a great many Cattle, as Kine, Goats, and Swine. This plantation hath a reasonable Harbour for ships: Here is no Alewife-river, which is a great inconvenience. The inhabitants of this towne, were the first that set upon the trade of fishing in the Bay, who received so much fruite of their labours, that they encouraged others to the same undertakings. A mile from this Towne lieth Roxberry, which is a faire and handsome Countrey-towne; the inhabitants of it being all very rich. This Towne lieth upon the Maine, so that it is well woodded and watered; having a cleare and fresh Brooke running through the Towne: Vp which although there come no Alewives, yet there is great store of Smelts, and therefore it is called Smelt-brooke.
Having described the general situation of the country, including all its resources from land and sea, it would be helpful for you to know about each individual plantation, along with their advantages, resources, and disadvantages, etc. I will start with the southernmost plantation in the patent, called Wessaguscus, which is an Indian name. This is still a small village, but it is quite pleasant and healthy, with very good soil, ample timber, and plenty of hay ground. It has a spacious harbor for ships right in front of the town, with saltwater navigable for boats and small vessels for two leagues. Here, the residents have plenty of all kinds of fish and pigs, especially when acorns and clams are in season; there’s also an alewife river. Three miles north of this is Mount Walleston, a very fertile area ideal for farmhouses, featuring lots of open land without trees. This area is known as Massachusets fields, where the greatest Sagamore in the region lived before the plague, and he had it cleared for himself. The main drawback is the scarcity of springs compared to other areas in the country, although water can be sourced by digging. A second issue is that boats cannot come in at low tide, nor can ships dock close to the shore. Six miles further north lies Dorchester, the largest town in New England; it is well-wooded and well-watered, with great farmland, hay fields, fine cornfields, and beautiful gardens, including kitchen gardens. This plantation has a large number of livestock, such as cows, goats, and pigs. It has a decent harbor for ships, but the lack of an alewife river is a significant disadvantage. The residents of this town were the first to embark on fishing in the bay, and they had such success that they encouraged others to pursue similar efforts. One mile from this town is Roxberry, a beautiful and attractive country town where all the residents are quite wealthy. This town sits on the mainland, so it is well-wooded and watered, with a clear, fresh stream running through it. Although alewives do not come up this stream, it is abundant with smelts, which is why it is called Smelt-brook.
A quarter of a mile to the North-side of the Towne, is another River called Stony-river; upon which is built a water-milne. Here is good ground for Corne, and Medow for Cattle: Vp westward from the Towne it is something rocky, whence it hath the name of Roxberry; the inhabitants have faire houses, store of Cattle, impaled Corne-fields, and fruitfull Gardens. Here is no Harbour for ships, because the Towne is seated in the bottome of a shallow Bay, which is made by the necke of land on which Boston is built; so that they can transport all their goods from the Ships in Boats from Boston, which is the nearest Harbour.
A quarter of a mile to the north side of the town is another river called Stony River, where a water mill has been built. The land here is good for growing corn and has meadows for cattle. Westward from the town, the area is a bit rocky, which is how it got the name Roxbury. The residents have nice houses, plenty of cattle, fenced cornfields, and fruitful gardens. There is no harbor for ships because the town is situated at the bottom of a shallow bay created by the neck of land where Boston is located, so they must transport all their goods from the ships in boats from Boston, which is the closest harbor.
Boston is two miles North-east from Roxberry: His situation is very pleasant, being a Peninsula, hem'd in on the South-side with the Bay of Roxberry, on the North-side with Charles-river, the Marshes on the backe-side, being not halfe a quarter of a mile over; so that a little fencing will secure their Cattle from the Woolues. Their greatest wants be Wood, and Medow-ground, which never were in that place; being constrayned to fetch their building-timber, and fire-wood from the Ilands in Boates, and their Hay in Loyters: It being a necke and bare of wood: they are not troubled with three great annoyances, of Woolves, Rattle-snakes, and Musketoes. These that live here upon their Cattle, must be constrayned to take Farmes in the Countrey, or else they cannot subsist; the place being too small to containe many, and fittest for such as can Trade into England, for such commodities as the Countrey wants, being the chiefe place for shipping and Merchandize.
Boston is two miles northeast of Roxbury. Its location is very nice, as it's a peninsula surrounded on the south by Roxbury Bay, on the north by Charles River, and marshes to the back, which are less than a quarter of a mile wide. A little fencing will keep their cattle safe from wolves. Their biggest shortages are wood and meadowland, which were never available there; they're forced to bring their building timber and firewood from the islands by boat, and their hay in smaller boats. It's a narrow, treeless area: they aren't bothered by three major nuisances: wolves, rattlesnakes, and mosquitoes. Those who live here off their cattle must either take farms in the countryside or they won't be able to survive, as the place is too small to support many people and is best for those who can trade with England for goods the area lacks, making it the main spot for shipping and trade.
This Necke of land is not above foure miles in compasse, in forme almost square, having on the South-side at one corner, a great broad hill, whereon is planted a Fort, which can command any ship as shee sayles into any Harbour within the still Bay. On the North-side is another Hill, equall in bignesse, whereon stands a Winde-mill. To the North-west is a high Mountaine with three little rising Hils on the top of it, wherefore it is called the Tramount. From the top of this Mountaine a man may over-looke all the Ilands which lie before the Bay, and discry such ships as are upon the Sea-coast. This Towne although it be neither the greatest, nor the richest, yet it is the most noted and frequented, being the Center of the Plantations where the monthly Courts are kept. Here likewise dwells the Governour: This place hath very good land, affording rich Corne-fields, and fruitefull Gardens; having likewise sweete and pleasant Springs. The inhabitants of this place for their enlargement, have taken to themselves Farme-houses, in a place called Muddy-river, two miles from their Towne; where is good ground, large timber, and store of Marsh-land, and Medow. In this place they keepe their Swine and other Cattle in the Summer, whilst the Corne is on the ground at Boston, and bring them to the Towne in Winter.
This Neck of land is about four miles around, almost in a square shape. On the south side, at one corner, there's a large hill with a fort on it that can oversee any ship entering any harbor within the calm bay. On the north side, there's another equally-sized hill where a windmill stands. To the northwest, there's a tall mountain with three small hills on top, which is why it's called the Tramount. From the summit of this mountain, a person can overlook all the islands in front of the bay and spot ships along the coastline. Although this town isn't the largest or the richest, it is the most well-known and frequently visited, serving as the center for plantations where monthly courts are held. The governor also resides here. This area has very good land, producing rich cornfields and fruitful gardens, along with sweet and pleasant springs. The residents have established farmhouses in a location called Muddy River, two miles from their town, where there's good soil, large trees, and plenty of marsh and meadow land. In this area, they keep their pigs and other cattle during the summer while the corn is being harvested in Boston, and they bring them back to the town in the winter.
On the North side of Charles River is Charles Towne, which is another necke of Land, on whose North-side runs Misticke-river. This Towne for all things, may be well paralel'd with her neighbour Boston, being in the same fashion with her bare necke, and constrained to borrow conveniences from the Maine, and to provide for themselves Farmes in the Countrey for their better subsistance. At this Towne there is kept a Ferry-boate, to conveigh passengers over Charles River, which betweene the two Townes is a quarter of a mile over, being a very deepe Channell. Here may ride forty ships at a time. Vp higher it is a broad Bay, being above two miles betweene the shores, into which runnes Stony-river, and Muddy-river. Towards the South-west in the middle of this Bay, is a great Oyster-banke: Towards the North-west of this Bay is a great Creeke, upon whose shore is situated the Village of Medford, a very fertile and pleasant place, and fit for more inhabitants than are yet in it. This Towne is a mile and a halfe from Charles Towne, and at the bottome of this Bay the River beginnes to be narrower, being but halfe a quarter of a mile broad. By the side of this River is built New-towne, which is three miles by land from Charles Towne, and a league and a halfe by water. This place was first intended for a City, but upon more serious considerations it was not thought so fit, being too farre from the Sea; being the greatest inconvenience it hath. This is one of the neatest and best compacted Townes in New England, having many faire structures, with many handsome contrived streets. The inhabitants most of them are very rich, and well stored with Cattell of all sorts; having many hundred Acres of ground paled in with one generall fence, which is about a mile and a halfe long, which secures all their weaker Cattle from the wilde beasts. On the other side of the River lieth all their Medow and Marsh-ground for Hay.
On the north side of Charles River is Charles Towne, another piece of land, on whose north side flows the Misticke River. This town can be closely compared to its neighbor Boston, sharing a similar layout with its bare neck and relying on resources from the mainland, while also needing to secure farms in the countryside for better living. At this town, there is a ferry boat that transports passengers across the Charles River, which is a quarter of a mile wide between the two towns and has a very deep channel. Upstream, there is a broad bay that stretches more than two miles between the shores, into which the Stony River and Muddy River flow. Towards the southwest, in the middle of this bay, is a large oyster bed; to the northwest of the bay is a big creek, where the village of Medford is located, a very fertile and appealing place, capable of supporting more residents than it currently has. This town is a mile and a half from Charles Towne, and at the bottom of this bay, the river begins to narrow, measuring only half a quarter of a mile wide. Alongside this river is New Towne, which is three miles by land from Charles Towne and one and a half leagues by water. This location was originally meant to become a city, but after further consideration, it was deemed unsuitable due to its distance from the sea, which is its biggest drawback. This is one of the neatest and best-planned towns in New England, featuring many beautiful buildings and well-designed streets. Most of the residents are very wealthy and have a good number of livestock of all kinds, with several hundred acres of land fenced in with a common fence that stretches about a mile and a half, protecting their weaker animals from wild beasts. On the other side of the river lies all their meadow and marshland for hay.
Halfe a mile Westward of this plantation, is Water-towne; a place nothing inferiour for land, wood, medow, and water to New-towne. Within halfe a mile of this Towne is a great Pond, which is divided betweene those two Townes, which divides their bounds Northward. A mile and a halfe from this Towne, is a fall of fresh waters, which conveigh themselves into the Ocean through Charles River. A little below this fall of waters, the inhabitants of Water-towne have built a Wayre to catch Fish, wherein they take great store of Shads and Alewives. In two Tydes they have gotten one hundred thousand of those Fishes: This is no small benefit to the plantation: Ships of small burden may come up to these two Townes, but the Oyster-bankes doe barre out the bigger Ships.
Half a mile west of this plantation is Watertown; a place that's just as good for land, wood, meadow, and water as Newtown. Within half a mile of this town is a large pond, which separates the two towns and defines their northern boundaries. A mile and a half from this town is a waterfall of fresh water that flows into the ocean through Charles River. Just below this waterfall, the residents of Watertown have constructed a weir to catch fish, where they catch a significant amount of shad and alewives. In two tides, they have caught one hundred thousand of these fish: this is no small benefit to the plantation. Small ships can navigate up to these two towns, but the oyster beds prevent larger ships from entering.
The next Towne is Misticke, which is three miles from Charles Towne by land, and a league and a halfe by water: It is seated by the waters side very pleasantly; there be not many houses as yet. At the head of this River are great and spacious Ponds, whither the Alewives preasse to spawne. This being a noted place for that kinde of Fish, the English resort thither to take them. On the West side of this River the Governour hath a Farme, where he keepes most of his Cattle. On the East side is Maister Craddockes plantation, where he hath impaled a Parke, where he keepes his Cattle till he can store it with Deere: Here likewise he is at charges of building ships. The last yeare one was upon the Stockes of a hundred Tunne, that being finished, they are to build one twice her burden. Ships without either Ballast or loading, may floate downe this River; otherwise the Oyster-banke would hinder them which crosseth the Channell.
The next town is Mystic, which is three miles from Charleston by land and a league and a half by water. It’s situated right by the water in a very pleasant way; there aren’t many houses yet. At the head of this river, there are large and spacious ponds where the Alewives come to spawn. This is a well-known spot for that type of fish, so the English go there to catch them. On the west side of this river, the Governor has a farm where he keeps most of his cattle. On the east side is Mr. Craddock's plantation, where he has enclosed a park to keep his cattle until he can populate it with deer. He is also spending money on building ships. Last year, one was on the stocks weighing a hundred tons, and when that’s finished, they plan to build one that’s twice her size. Ships without ballast or cargo can float down this river; otherwise, the oyster bank would block them, as it crosses the channel.
The last Towne in the still Bay, is Winnisimet; a very sweet place for situation, and stands very commodiously, being fit to entertaine more planters than are yet seated: it is within a mile of Charles Towne, the River onely parting them. The chiefe Ilands which keepe out the Winde and the Sea from disturbing the Harbours, are first Deare Iland, which lies within a flight-shot of Pullin-point. This Iland is so called, because of the Deare which often swimme thither from the Maine, when they are chased by the Woolves: Some have killed sixteene Deere in a day upon this Iland. The opposite shore is called Pullin-point, because that is the usuall Channel. Boats use to passe thorow into the Bay; and the Tyde being very strong, they are constrayned to goe ashore, and hale their Boats by the seasing, or roades, whereupon it was called Pullin-point.
The last town in the still bay is Winnisimet; it's a really nice spot because of its location and is well-suited to accommodate more settlers than are currently there. It's within a mile of Charles Towne, with just the river separating them. The main islands that protect the harbors from the wind and the sea are first Deare Island, which is just a short distance from Pullin-point. This island is named because of the deer that often swim over from the mainland when they are chased by wolves: some people have killed sixteen deer in a day on this island. The opposite shore is called Pullin-point because it's the usual channel. Boats usually pass through to enter the bay; and because the tide is very strong, they have to land and pull their boats by the shore or roads, which is why it was named Pullin-point.
The next Iland of note is Long Iland, so called from his longitude. Divers other Ilands be within these: viz. Nodles Ile, Round Ile, the Governours Garden, where is planted an Orchard and a Vine-yard, with many other conveniences; and Slate-Iland, Glasse-Iland, Bird-Iland, &c. These Iles abound with Woods, and Water, and Medow-ground; and whatsoever the spacious fertile Maine affords. The inhabitants use to put their Cattle in these for safety, viz. their Rammes, Goates, and Swine, when their Corne is on the ground. Those Townes that lie without the Bay, are a great deale nearer the Maine, and reape a greater benefit from the Sea, in regard of the plenty both of Fish and Fowle, which they receive from thence: so that they liue more comfortably, and at lesse charges, than those that are more remote from the Sea in the Inland-plantations.
The next island of note is Long Island, named for its length. There are several other islands within this area: Noodles Island, Round Island, the Governor's Garden, which has an orchard and a vineyard, along with many other conveniences; and Slate Island, Glass Island, Bird Island, etc. These islands are rich in woods, water, and meadows, as well as everything the vast, fertile mainland offers. The residents tend to put their livestock, including rams, goats, and pigs, on these islands for safety while their crops are growing. Those towns located outside the bay are much closer to the mainland and benefit more from the sea, thanks to the abundance of fish and fowl they receive from it. As a result, they live more comfortably and at a lower cost than those who are farther from the sea in the inland settlements.
The next plantation is Saugus, sixe miles North-east from Winnesimet: This Towne is pleasant for situation, seated at the bottome of a Bay, which is made on the one side with the surrounding shore, and on the other side with a long sandy Beach. This sandy Beach is two miles long at the end, whereon is a necke of land called Nahant: It is sixe miles in circumference; well woodded with Oakes, Pines, and Cedars: It is beside well watered, having beside the fresh Springs, a great Pond in the middle; before which is a spacious Marsh. In this necke is store of good ground, fit for the Plow; but for the present it is onely used for to put young Cattle in, and weather-goates, and Swine, to secure them from the Woolues: a few posts and rayles from the low water-markes to the shore, keepes out the Woolves, and keepes in the Cattle. One Blacke William, an Indian Duke, out of his generosity gave this place in generall to this plantation of Saugus, so that no other can appropriate it to himselfe.
The next plantation is Saugus, six miles northeast of Winnesimet: This town is nicely situated at the bottom of a bay, bordered on one side by the surrounding shore and on the other by a long sandy beach. This sandy beach stretches two miles long at the end, where there is a neck of land called Nahant: It has a six-mile circumference, well wooded with oaks, pines, and cedars. It’s also well-watered, featuring fresh springs and a large pond in the middle, in front of which is a spacious marsh. This neck has plenty of good land suitable for farming; however, currently, it is only used to keep young cattle, goats, and pigs safe from wolves: a few posts and rails from the low water marks to the shore keep the wolves out and the cattle in. A man known as Blacke William, an Indian Duke, generously gave this place in general to the plantation of Saugus, so no one else can claim it for themselves.
Vpon the South-side of the sandy Beach the Sea beateth, which is a true prognostication, to presage stormes and foule weather, and the breaking up of the Frost: For when a storme hath beene, or is likely to be, it will roare like Thunder, being heard sixe miles; and after stormes casts up great store of great Clammes, which the Indians taking out of their shels, carry home in baskets. On the North-side of this Bay is two great Marshes, which are made two by a pleasant River which runnes betweene them. Northward up this River, goes great store of Alewives, of which they make good Red Herrings; in so much that they have beene at charges to make a wayre, and a Herringhouse, to dry these Herrings in; the last yeare were dryed some 4 or 5 Last for an experiment, which proved very good; this is like to prove a great inrichment to the land, (being a staple commoditie in other Countries) for there be such innumerable companies in every river, that I have seene ten thousand taken in two houres by two men, without any wayre at all, saving a few stones to stop their passage up the river. There likewise come store of Basse, which the Indians and English catch with hooke and line, some fifty or threescore at a tide. At the mouth of this river runnes up a great creeke into that great Marsh, which is called Rumny Marsh, which is 4 miles long and 2 miles broad; halfe of it being Marsh ground and halfe upland grasse, without tree or bush: this Marsh is crossed with divers creekes, wherein lye great store of Geese, and Duckes. There be convenient ponds for the planting of Duckcoyes. Here is likewise belonging to this place divers fresh meddowes, which afford good grasse and foure spacious ponds like little lakes, wherein is store of fresh fish: within a mile of the towne, out of which runnes a curious fresh brooke that is seldome frozen by reason of the warmenesse of the water; upon this streame is built a water Milne, and up this river comes Smelts and frost fish much bigger than a Gudgion. For wood there is no want, there being store of good Oakes, Wallnut, Cædar, Aspe, Elme; The ground is very good, in many places without trees, fit for the plough. In this plantation is more English tillage, than in all new England, and Virginia besides; which proved as well as could bee expected, the corne being very good especially the Barly, Rye, and Oates.
On the south side of the sandy beach, the sea crashes against the shore, which is a true sign of storms and bad weather, as well as the thawing of frost. When a storm has happened or is likely to happen, it roars like thunder and can be heard six miles away. After storms, it also brings up a lot of large clams, which the Indians take out of their shells and carry home in baskets. On the north side of this bay, there are two large marshes separated by a nice river that runs between them. Up this river, many alewives swim, and they make good red herrings from them. They've even invested in a weir and a herring house to dry these herrings; last year, they dried about four or five last as a trial, which turned out very well. This could become a great asset for the land, as it's a staple commodity in other countries. There are so many in every river that I've seen ten thousand caught in just two hours by two men, with no weir at all, just a few stones to block their way up the river. There's also plenty of bass, which both the Indians and English catch using hook and line, with some catching fifty or sixty at a time. At the mouth of this river, there's a large creek that goes into a great marsh called Rumny Marsh, which is four miles long and two miles wide; half of it is marsh ground and half is upland grass, with no trees or shrubs. This marsh is crossed by several creeks where there are plenty of geese and ducks. There are suitable ponds for planting duck decoys. This place also has several fresh meadows that provide good grass and four large ponds like small lakes, full of fresh fish. Within a mile of the town, there's a lovely freshwater brook that rarely freezes due to the warmth of the water. A water mill is built on this stream, and smelts and frost fish that are much bigger than gudgeon come up this river. There is no shortage of wood, with plenty of good oaks, walnuts, cedars, aspens, and elms. The ground is very fertile, in many places without trees and suitable for plowing. In this settlement, there is more English farming than in all of New England and Virginia combined, and it has turned out as well as could be expected, with the corn being very good, especially the barley, rye, and oats.
The land affordeth the inhabitants as many rarities as any place else, and the sea more: the Basse continuing from the middle of Aprill to Michaelmas, which stayes not above half that time in the Bay: besides here is a great deale of Rock-cod and Macrill, insomuch that shoales of Basse have driven up shoales of Macrill from one end of the sandie beach to the other, which the inhabitants have gathered up in wheel-barrowes. The Bay that lyeth before the Towne at a low spring tyde, will be all flatts for two miles together, upon which is great store of Musclebanckes, and Clam bancks, and Lobsters amongst the rockes and grassie holes. These flatts make it unnavigable for shippes, yet at high water great Boates, Loiters, and Pinnaces of 20, and 30 tun, may saile up to the plantation, but they neede have a skilfull Pilote, because of many dangerous rockes and foaming breakers, that lye at the mouth of that Bay. The very aspect of the place is fortification enough to keepe off an unknowne enemie, yet may it be fortified at a little charge, being but few landing places there about, and those obscure. Foure miles Northeast from Saugus lyeth Salem, which stands on the middle of a necke of land very pleasantly, having a South river on the one side, and a North river on the other side: upon this necke where the most of the houses stand is very bad and sandie ground, yet for seaven yeares together it hath brought forth exceeding good corne, by being fished but every third yeare; in some places is very good ground, and very good timber, and divers springs hard by the sea side. Here likewise is store of fish, as Basses, Eeles, Lobsters, Clammes, &c. Although their land be none of the best, yet beyond those rivers is a very good soyle, where they have taken farmes, and get their Hay, and plant their corne; there they crosse these rivers with small Cannowes, which are made of whole pine trees, being about two foot & a half over, and 20. foote long: in these likewise they goe a fowling, sometimes two leagues to sea; there be more Cannowes in this towne than in all the whole Patent; every houshould having a water-house or two. This Towne wants an Alewife river, which is a great inconvenience; it hath two good harbours, the one being called Winter, and the other Summer harbour, which lyeth within Derbies Fort, which place if it were well fortified, might keepe shippes from landing of forces in any of those two places. Marvill Head is a place which lyeth 4 miles full South from Salem, and is a very convenient place for a plantation, especially for such as will set upon the trade of fishing. There was made here a ships loading of fish the last yeare, where still stands the stages, and drying scaffolds; here be good harbour for boates, and safe riding for shippes. Agowamme is nine miles to the North from Salem, which is one of the most spatious places for a plantation, being neare the sea, it aboundeth with fish, and flesh of fowles and beasts, great Meads and Marshes and plaine plowing grounds, many good rivers and harbours and no rattle snakes. In a word, it is the best place but one, which is Merrimacke, lying 8 miles beyond it, where is a river 20 leagues navigable, all along the river side is fresh Marshes, in somes places 3 miles broad. In this river is Sturgeon, Sammon, and Basse, and divers other kinds of fish. To conclude, the Countrie hath not that which this place cannot yeeld. So that these two places may containe twice as many people as are yet in new England: there being as yet scarce any inhabitants in these two spacious places. Three miles beyond the river of Merrimacke is the outside of our Patent for the Massachusetts Bay. These be all the Townes that were begun, when I came for England, which was the 15 of August 1633.
The land offers its residents as many unique resources as anywhere else, and the sea even more: the bass season lasts from mid-April to Michaelmas, but they only stay in the bay for about half that time. There’s also plenty of rock cod and mackerel, so much that schools of bass have pushed schools of mackerel from one end of the sandy beach to the other, which the locals have collected in wheelbarrows. The bay in front of the town, at low tide, becomes flat for two miles, filled with mussel beds, clam banks, and lobsters among the rocks and grassy spots. These flats make it impossible for ships to navigate, yet at high tide, large boats, lighters, and pinnaces of 20 to 30 tons can sail up to the plantation, but they need a skilled pilot due to many dangerous rocks and foaming breakers at the mouth of the bay. The very look of the place provides enough natural defense against an unknown enemy, though it can be fortified inexpensively since there are only a few landing spots nearby, and those are quite hidden. Four miles northeast from Saugus lies Salem, which is situated beautifully on a narrow stretch of land, with a south river on one side and a north river on the other. Most of the houses are located on this neck of land, which has poor sandy soil, yet for seven years straight it has produced excellent corn, thanks to fishing it only every third year. In some areas, the soil is quite good, with plenty of timber and several springs near the seaside. There’s also a lot of fish here, like bass, eels, lobsters, clams, and so on. Although their land isn't the best, beyond those rivers the soil improves significantly, where they have taken up farms, grown hay, and planted corn. They cross these rivers using small canoes made from whole pine trees, about two and a half feet wide and 20 feet long. They also use these canoes for hunting, sometimes venturing two leagues out to sea; there are more canoes in this town than in the entire patent, with each household having one or two. This town lacks an alewife river, which is a major drawback. It has two good harbors, one known as Winter and the other Summer harbor, which is located within Derby's Fort. If this spot were properly fortified, it could prevent ships from landing forces in either location. Marvill Head lies four miles due south of Salem and is a very suitable place for a plantation, especially for those engaged in the fishing trade. Last year, a ship was loaded with fish here, and the fish stages and drying scaffolds still stand. There’s good harbor for boats and safe anchorage for ships. Agowamme is nine miles north of Salem and is one of the most spacious spots for a plantation, being close to the sea, rich in fish, and abundant with birds and wildlife, featuring large meadows, marshes, and flat farmland, along with many rivers and harbors, and no rattlesnakes. In short, it’s the second best place, with Merrimacke being the best, lying eight miles beyond it, where there’s a river that can be navigated for 20 leagues, with fresh marshes along the riverbanks, some three miles wide. This river is home to sturgeon, salmon, bass, and various other fish. To sum it up, the country has nothing that this place cannot provide. These two areas could accommodate twice as many people as currently live in New England, with very few inhabitants in these two vast locations. Three miles beyond the Merrimacke river is the outer edge of our patent for Massachusetts Bay. These are all the towns that were established when I returned from England on August 15, 1633.
Chap. 11.
I have informed you of the Country in generall and of every plantation in particular, with their commodities and wherein one excelleth another. Now that I may be every way faithfull to my reader in this worke, I will as fully and truely relate to you what is evill, and of most annoyance to the inhabitants. First: those which bring most prejudice to their estates are the ravenous Woolves, which destroy the weaker Cattell, but of these you have heard before: that which is most injurious to the person and life of man is a rattle snake which is generally a yard and a halfe long, as thicke in the middle as the small of a mans legge, she hath a yellow belly, her backe being spotted with blacke, russet, yellow, and greene colours, placed like scales; at her taile is a rattle, with which she makes a noyse when she is molested, or when she seeth any approach neere her, her necke seemes to be no thicker than a mans thumbe yet can she swallow a Squerill, having a great wide mouth, with teeth as sharpe as needles, wherewith she biteth such as tread upon her: her poyson lyeth in her teeth, for she hath no sting. When any man is bitten by any of these creatures, the poyson spreads so suddenly through the veines & so runs to the heart, that in one houre it causeth death, unlesse he hath the Antidote to expell the poyson, which is a root called snakeweed, which must be champed, the spittle swallowed, and the root applyed to the sore; this is present cure against that which would be present death without it: this weede is ranck poyson, if it be taken by any man that is not bitten: whosoever is bitten by these snakes his flesh becomes as spotted as a Leaper until hee be perfectly cured. It is reported that if the party live that is bitten, the snake will dye, and if the partie die, the snake will live. This is a most poysonous and dangerous creature, yet nothing so bad as the report goes of him in England. For whereas he is sayd to kill a man with his breath, and that he can flye, there is no such matter, for he is naturally the most sleepie and unnimble creature that lives, never offering to leape or bite any man, if he be not troden on first, and it is their desire in hot weather to lye in pathes, where the sunne may shine on them, where they will sleepe so soundly that I have knowne foure men stride over one of them, and never awake her; 5 or 6 men have beene bitten by them, which by using of snake weede were all cured, never any yet losing his life by them. Cowes have beene bitten, but being cut in divers places, and this weede thrust into their flesh were cured. I never heard of any beast that was yet lost by any of them, saving one Mare. A small switch will easily kill one of these snakes. In many places of the Countrie there bee none of them, as at Plimouth, Newtowne, Igowamme, Nahant, &c. In some places they will live on one side of the river, and swimming but over the water, as soone as they be come into the woods, they turne up their yellow bellies and dye. Vp into the Countrey westward from the plantations is a high hill, which is called rattlesnake hill, where there is great store of these poysonous creatures. There be divers other kinde of snakes, one whereof is a great long blacke snake, two yards in length which will glide through the woods very swiftly; these never doe any hurt, neither doth any other kinde of snakes molest either man or beast. These creatures in the winter time creepe into clifts of rockes and into holes under ground, where they lie close till May or Iune. Here likewise bee great store of frogs, which in the Spring doe chirpe and whistle like a bird, and at the latter end of summer croake like our English frogges. Heere be also toades which will climbe the topes of high trees where they will sit croaking, to the wonderment of such as are not acquainted with them. I never saw any Wormes or Moles, but pismires and spiders be there. There are likewise troublesome flies. First there is a wilde Bee or Waspe, which commonly guards the grape, building her cobweb habitation amongst the leaves: secondly a great greene flye, not much unlike our horse flyes in England; they will nippe so sore that they wil fetch blood either of man or beast, and be most troublesome where most Cattle be, which brings them from out of the woods to the houses; this flye continues but for the Moneth of Iune. The third is a Gurnipper which is a small blacke fly no bigger than a flea; her biting causeth an itching upon the hands or face, which provoketh scratching which is troublesome to some; this fly is busie but in close mornings or evenings, and continues not above three weekes, the least winde or heate expells them. The fourth is a Musketoe which is not unlike to our gnats in England; In places where there is no thicke woods or Swampes, there is none or very few. In new Plantations they be troublesome for the first yeare, but the wood decaying they vanish: these Flies cannot endure winde, heate or cold, so that these are onely troublesome in close thicke weather, and against raine many that be bitten will fall a scratching, whereupon their faces and hands swell. Others are never troubled with them at all: those likewise that swell with their biting the first yeare, never swell the second: for my owne part I have bin troubled as much with them or some like them, in the Fen country of England as ever I was there: Here be the flies that are called Chantharides, so much esteemed of Chirurgions, with divers kinds of Butterflies. Thus have you heard of the worst of the countrey: but some peradventure may say no, and reply that they have heard that the people have beene often driven to great wants and extremities; To which I answer, it is true that some have lived for a certaine time with a little bread, other without any, yet all this argues nothing against the countrey in it selfe, but condemnes the folly and improvidence of such as would venture into so rude and unmanaged a countrey, without so much provisions as should have comfortably maintained them in health and strength till by their labours they had brought the land to yeeld his fruite. I have my selfe heard some say that they heard it was a rich land, a brave country, but when they came there they could see nothing but a few Canvis Boothes & old houses, supposing at the first to have found walled townes, fortifications and corne fields, as if townes could have built themselves, or corne fields have growne of themselves, without the husbandrie of man. These men missing of their expectations, returned home and railed against the Country. Others may object that of late time there hath beene great want; I denie it not, but looke to the originall, and tell me from whence it came. The roote of their want sprung up in England, for many hundreds hearing of the plenty of the Country, were so much their owne foes and Countries hindrance, as to come without provision; which made things both deare and scant: wherefore let none blame the Country so much as condemne the indiscreetnesse of such as will needs runne themselves upon hardship. And I dare further assure any that will carrie provision enough for a yeare and a halfe, shall not neede to feare want, if he either be industrious himselfe, or have industrious agents to mannage his estate and affaires. And whereas many doe disparrage the land saying a man cannot live without labour, in that they more disparage and discredit themselves, in giving the world occasion to take notice of their droanish disposition, that would live of the sweate of another mans browes: surely they were much deceived, or else ill informed, that ventured thither in hope to live in plenty and idlenesse, both at a time: and it is as much pitty as he that can worke and will not, should eate, as it is pitty that he that would worke and cannot, should fast. I condemne not such therefore as are now there, and are not able to worke; but I advise for the future those men that are of weake constitutions to keepe at home, if their estates cannot maintaine servants. For all new England must be workers in some kinde: and whereas it hath beene formerly reported that boyes of tenne or a twelve yeares of age might doe much more than get their living, that cannot be, for he must have more than a boyes head, and no lesse than a mans strength, that intends to live comfortably; and hee that hath understanding and Industrie, with a stocke of an hundered pound, shall live better there, than he shall doe here of twenty pound per annum. But many I know will say if it be thus, how comes it to passe then that they are so poore? To which I answere, that they are poore but in comparison, compare them with the rich Merchants or great landed men in England, and then I know they will seeme poore. There is no probability they should be exceeding rich, because none of such great estate went over yet; besides, a man of estate must first scatter before he gather, he must lay out monies for transporting of servants, and cattle and goods, for houses and fences and gardens, &c. This may make his purse seeme light, and to the eye of others seeme a leaking in his estate, whereas these disbursments are for his future enrichments: for he being once well seated and quietly setled, his increase comes in double; and howsoever they are accounted poore, they are well contented, and looke not so much at abundance, as a competencie; so little is the poverty of the Country, that I am perswaded if many in England which are constrained to begge their bread were there, they would live better than many doe here, that have money to buy it. Furthermore when corne is scarse, yet may they have either fish or flesh for their labour: and surely that place is not miserably poore to them that are there, where foure Egges may be had for a Penny, and a quart of new Milke at the same rate: Where Butter is sixe-pence a pound, and Cheshire-Cheese at five pence; sure Middlesex affords London no better penny-worths. What though there be no such plenty, as to cry these things in the streetes? yet every day affords these penny-worths to those that neede them in most places. I dare not say in all: Can they be very poore, where for foure thousand soules, there are fifteene hundred head of Cattle, besides foure thousand Goates, and Swine innumerable? In an ill sheepe-yeare I have knowne Mutton as deere in Old-England, and deerer than Goates-flesh is in New-England, which is altogether as good if fancy be set aside.
I’ve told you about the country in general and each plantation specifically, along with their goods and what makes one better than another. To be completely honest with you in this work, I’m going to thoroughly and truthfully explain what is harmful and most bothersome to the people living there. First off, the biggest threat to their livelihoods is the ravenous wolves that kill weaker cattle, which you’ve heard about before. But the most dangerous to humans is the rattlesnake, typically about a yard and a half long and as thick as a man's calf. It has a yellow belly and a back covered with scales of black, russet, yellow, and green. At its tail is a rattle, which it uses to make noise when it feels threatened or sees someone approaching. Its neck appears no thicker than a man's thumb, yet it can swallow a squirrel due to its wide mouth and needle-sharp teeth, which it uses to bite anyone who steps on it. Its venom is located in its teeth; it doesn’t have a stinger. When a person is bitten by one of these snakes, the poison spreads quickly through the veins, reaching the heart, leading to death within an hour unless they have the antidote, which is a root called snakeweed that must be chewed; the saliva should be swallowed, and the root applied to the bite. This is an immediate cure against what would otherwise be certain death. However, this weed is deadly poison if taken by someone who hasn’t been bitten. Anyone bitten by these snakes will develop spots on their skin, resembling leprosy, until completely healed. It's said that if the bitten person survives, the snake will die, and if the person dies, the snake will live. This creature is indeed very poisonous and dangerous, but it’s not as bad as the reports claim in England. They say it can kill a man with its breath and that it can fly, but that’s not true. In reality, it’s one of the most sluggish and uncoordinated creatures alive, never attempting to leap or bite anyone unless stepped on first. In warm weather, they like to lie in sunny spots and sleep so soundly that I've known four men to walk right over one and it never woke up. There have been five or six men bitten by them, but all were cured using snakeweed; nobody has lost their life to them. Cows have been bitten, but by cutting into various places and inserting this weed, they were cured. I've never heard of any animal being lost because of them, except for one mare. A small switch can easily kill one of these snakes. In many parts of the country, they don’t exist, such as in Plymouth, Newtown, Igoamme, Nahant, etc. In some places, they may live on one side of the river, and as soon as they swim over to the woods, they flip onto their yellow bellies and die. Up into the countryside, west of the plantations, is a high hill called Rattlesnake Hill, where there's a lot of these poisonous creatures. There are various other kinds of snakes, one being a long black snake, two yards long, that moves swiftly through the woods; they don’t harm anyone, and neither do any other types of snakes bother people or livestock. In the winter, these creatures hide into rock crevices and underground holes, staying there until May or June. There are also many frogs that chirp and whistle like birds in the spring and croak like English frogs at the end of summer. There are toads that climb to the tops of tall trees where they croak, amazing those unaccustomed to them. I haven't seen any worms or moles, only ants and spiders. There are also pesky flies. First, there's a wild bee or wasp that guards the grapes, making its home among the leaves. Second, there's a large green fly, quite similar to our horseflies in England; they bite hard enough to draw blood from either humans or animals, especially where there are many cattle, drawing them out of the woods to the houses. This fly only appears in June. The third is a gnat-like bug, a small black fly no bigger than a flea; its bite causes itching on the hands or face, leading to scratching, which bothers some. This fly is active mainly in the calm mornings or evenings and doesn’t last more than three weeks; even the slightest wind or heat drives them away. The fourth is a mosquito, similar to the gnats in England; in areas without thick woods or swamps, there are few or none. In new plantations, they can be bothersome during the first year, but as the woods decay, they disappear. These flies can’t tolerate wind, heat, or cold, so they are only bothersome during humid weather, and the rain causes many who get bitten to scratch, causing their faces and hands to swell. Others aren’t troubled by them at all; those who swell from their bites one year typically don’t swell the next. Personally, I’ve been bothered by them or similar ones in the Fen country of England as much as I have there. There are also flies known as Cantharides, which are highly valued by surgeons, along with various butterflies. So you’ve heard about the worse parts of the country. But some might say otherwise, claiming that the people have often faced great scarcity and hardship. To that, I reply, it’s true that some have had to live for a time on little bread, others without any; still, that doesn’t reflect poorly on the country itself but rather highlights the foolishness and a lack of foresight of those who venture into such a rough and unmanaged place without enough provisions to sustain their health and strength until they could cultivate the land for its produce. I've heard some say they believed it was a rich land, a wonderful country, but when they arrived, they only saw a few canvas tents and old houses, expecting to find walled towns, fortifications, and cornfields, as if towns could build themselves or cornfields grow on their own without people farming them. Disappointed, these men returned home and spoke ill of the country. Others may argue that there’s been recent significant scarcity; I won’t deny that, but let’s look at the root cause and reveal where it came from. The root of their scarcity started in England, where hearing of the country's abundance, many foolishly came without supplies, which made everything both expensive and scarce. Therefore, no one should blame the country as much as condemn the recklessness of those who willingly put themselves into adversity. I assure anyone who brings enough supplies for a year and a half won’t have to fear scarcity, provided they are industrious themselves or have hardworking agents to manage their affairs. And while some disparage the land by saying one cannot live without labor, in that they undermine themselves, giving others reason to note their lazy attitude, wanting to benefit from someone else’s hard work. They were surely mistaken or misinformed if they thought they could have both plenty and idleness at the same time. It’s just as unfortunate for someone who can work but won’t to eat as it is for someone eager to work but can’t to go hungry. I don’t criticize those who are currently unable to work; instead, I advise that in the future, those of weak constitution should stay home unless their resources can support servants. For everyone in New England must be willing workers in some way. It was once said that boys of ten or twelve could do more than just make a living; that’s not true. A boy needs more than a child’s wit and at least a man’s strength to live comfortably. Those who have understanding and industriousness, along with a hundred-pound stock, will live better there than someone here with twenty pounds a year. But many will still ask why, if this is the case, they are still so poor? To this, I respond, they may seem poor, but if you compare them to rich merchants or large landowners in England, then yes, they seem poor. It’s unlikely they would be exceedingly wealthy since none of that sort has moved over yet; plus, a person of means must first spread their wealth before they can gather it, laying out money for transporting servants, cattle, goods, buildings, fences, gardens, etc. Such expenditures may make their wallets seem light and to others appear as if their wealth is diminishing, even though these expenses are for future gain. Once they’re well-established, their returns come in double. Regardless of how they are viewed as poor, they are content and focus not so much on abundance, but on what’s sufficient; the country's poverty is so slight that I believe anyone in England who has to beg for bread would live better there than many who have money to buy it. Furthermore, when corn is scarce, they can still earn their keep through fishing or hunting. And surely, it’s not a place of misery where four eggs can be had for a penny and a quart of fresh milk at the same price; where butter costs sixpence a pound and Cheshire cheese is five pence. Surely, Middlesex provides London with no better prices. Even though there may not be such abundance that you hear these items cried in the streets, every day offers these bargains to those in need in most areas. I can't say in all. Can they really be that poor, where for four thousand souls there are fifteen hundred head of cattle, along with four thousand goats and countless pigs? In a bad year for sheep, I’ve seen mutton as expensive in Old England as goat meat is in New England, which is just as good, if personal preference is set aside.
Chap. 12.
Many peradventure at the looking over of these relations, may have inclinations or resolution for the Voyage, to whom I wish all prosperity in their undertakings; although I will use no forcive arguments to perswade any, but leave them to the relation; yet by way of advice, I would commend to them a few lines from the Pen of experience. And because the way to New England is over Sea, it will not be amisse to give you directions, what is most necessary to bee carried. Many I suppose, know as well, or better than my selfe; yet all doe not, to those my directions tend; although every man have ship-provisions allowed him for his five pound a man, which is salt Beefe, Porke, salt Fish, Butter, Cheese, Pease, Pottage, Water-grewell, and such kinde of Victuals, with good Biskets, and sixe-shilling Beere: yet will it be necessary, to carry some comfortable refreshing of fresh victuall. As first, for such as have ability, some Conserves, and good Clarret Wine to burne at Sea: Or you may have it by some of your Vintners or Wine-Coopers burned here, & put up into vessels, which will keepe much better than other burnt Wine, it is a very comfortable thing for the stomacke; or such as are Sea-sicke: Sallet-oyle likewise. Prunes are good to be stewed; Sugar for many things: White Biskets, and Egs, and Bacon, Rice, Poultry, and some weather-sheepe to kill aboard the ship; and fine flowre-baked meates, will keepe about a weeke or nine dayes at Sea. Iuyce of Lemons well put up, is good either to prevent or cure the Scurvy. Here it must not be forgotten to carry small Skillets, or Pipkins, and small frying-panns, to dresse their victuals in at Sea. For bedding, so it be easie, and cleanely, and warme, it is no matter how old or coarse it be for the use of the Sea; and so likewise for Apparrell, the oldest cloathes be the fittest, with a long coarse coate, to keepe better things from the pitched ropes and plankes. Whosoever shall put to Sea in a stoute and well-conditioned ship, having an honest Master, and loving Sea-men, shall not neede to feare, but he shall finde as good content at Sea, as at Land.
Many who read these accounts might be tempted or determined to embark on the voyage, and I wish them all the best in their endeavors. I won’t use heavy-handed arguments to persuade anyone, but I’ll leave it to the narrative. Still, as advice, I would like to share a few insights from experience. Since the route to New England is over the sea, it’s helpful to provide some guidance on what’s essential to bring along. Many probably know as much, if not more, than I do; however, not everyone is familiar with my suggestions. Each person will receive ship provisions for five pounds, which include salted beef, pork, salted fish, butter, cheese, peas, pottage, clean water, and similar foods, along with good biscuits and six-shilling beer. Still, it’s important to pack some comforting fresh food as well. For those who can afford it, some preserves and good claret wine to have on board would be nice. You can also get your wine burned by local vintners or wine coopers and stored in containers, which will keep much better than other types of burned wine. It’s very soothing for the stomach, especially for those who are seasick. Salad oil is also useful. Stewed prunes are good to have, along with sugar for various needs; white biscuits, eggs, bacon, rice, poultry, and some sheep for slaughtering on the ship will help too. Fine flour baked goods can last about a week or nine days at sea. Bottled lemon juice is great for preventing or treating scurvy. Don’t forget to bring small skillets, pipkins, and frying pans for cooking at sea. For bedding, it should be simple, clean, and warm; it doesn’t matter if it's old or rough for use at sea. The same goes for clothing; the oldest clothes work best, including a long, coarse coat to keep nicer items away from the rough ropes and planks. Anyone who sets sail in a sturdy, well-kept ship, with a trustworthy captain and friendly crew, has no need to worry; they will find as much satisfaction at sea as on land.
It is too common with many to feare the Sea more than they neede, and all such as put to Sea, confesse it to be lesse tedious than they either feared or expected. A ship at Sea may well be compared to a Cradle, rocked by a carefull Mothers hand, which though it be moved up and downe, yet is it not in danger of falling: So a ship may often be rocked too and againe upon the troublesome Sea, yet seldome doth it sinke or over-turne, because it is kept by that carefull hand of Providence by which it is rocked. It was never knowne yet, that any ship in that voyage was cast away, or that ever fell into the Enemies hand.
It's pretty common for a lot of people to be more afraid of the sea than they need to be, and everyone who sets sail admits it's less exhausting than they either feared or expected. A ship at sea can be likened to a cradle, rocked by a careful mother’s hand; even though it moves up and down, it's not really in danger of falling. Similarly, a ship may be tossed around on the rough sea, yet it rarely sinks or capsizes because it's held steady by that careful hand of Providence that rocks it. No one has ever heard of a ship on that journey being lost or falling into enemy hands.
For the health of Passengers it hath beene observed, that of sixe hundred soules, not above three or foure haue dyed at Sea: It is probable in such a company, more might have dyed either by sicknesse or casualities, if they had stayed at home. For Women, I see not but that they doe as well as men, and young Children as well as either; having their healths as well at Sea as at Land: Many likewise which have come with such foule bodies to Sea, as did make their dayes uncomfortable at Land, have beene so purged and clarified at Sea, that they have beene more healthfull for after-times; their weake appetites being turned to good stomackes, not onely desiring, but likewise disgesting such victuals as the Sea affords. Secondly, for directions for the Countrey, it is not to be feared, but that men of good estates may doe well there; alwayes provided, that they goe well accommodated with servants. In which I would not wish them to take over-many: tenne or twelve lusty servants being able to mannage an estate of two or three thousand pound. It is not the multiplicity of many bad servants, (which presently eates a man out of house and harbour, as lamentable experience hath made manifest) but the industry of the faithfull and diligent labourer, that enricheth the carefull Master; so that he that hath many dronish servants, shall soone be poore; and he that hath an industrious family, shall as soone be rich.
For the health of passengers, it has been noted that out of six hundred people, only about three or four have died at sea. It's likely that more might have died from illness or accidents if they had stayed home. As for women, I see no reason to think they do any worse than men, and young children fare just as well; their health is just as good at sea as it is on land. Many who came to sea in poor health, feeling uncomfortable on land, have been so cleansed and restored at sea that they have been healthier afterward; their weak appetites have turned into good ones, not only desiring but also digesting the food that the sea provides. Secondly, for setting up in the country, there’s no reason to fear that people with good estates can’t do well; as long as they’re well-equipped with enough servants. I wouldn't recommend bringing too many: ten or twelve strong servants can manage an estate of two or three thousand pounds. It’s not the number of unproductive servants, which quickly drains a person’s resources, as unfortunate experience shows, but the hard work of faithful and diligent workers that enriches the careful master. So, someone with a lot of lazy servants will soon be poor, while someone with a hardworking household will quickly become rich.
Now for the incouragement of his men, he must not doe as many have done, (more through ignorance than desire) carry many mouthes, and no meate; but rather much meate for a few mouthes. Want of due maintenance produceth nothing but a grumbling spirit with a sluggish idlenesse, when as those servants which be well provided for, goe thorough their imployments with speede and cheerefulnesse. For meale, it will be requisite to carry a Hogshead and a halfe, for every one that is a labourer, to keepe him till hee may receive the fruite of his owne labours, which will be a yeare and a halfe after his arrivall, if hee land in May or Iune. He must likewise carry Malt, Beefe, Butter, Cheese, some Pease, good Wines, Vinegar, Strong-waters, &c. Whosoever transports more of these than he himselfe useth, his over-plus being sold, will yeeld as much profit as any other staple commodity. Euery man likewise must carry over good store of Apparrell; for if he come to buy it there, he shall finde it dearer than in England. Woollen-cloth is a very good comodity, and Linnen better; as Holland, Lockram, flaxen, Hempen, Callico stuffes, Linsey-woolsies, and blew Callicoe, greene Sayes for Housewives aprons, Hats, Bootes, Shooes, good Irish stockings, which if they be good, are much more serviceable than knit-ones. All kind of grocery wares, as Sugar, Prunes, Raisons, Currants, Honey, Nutmegs, Cloves, &c. Sope, Candles, and Lamps, &c. All manner of household-stuffe is very good Trade there, as Pewter and Brasse, but great Iron-pots be preferred before Brasse, for the use of that Country. Warming-pannes and Stewing-pannes bee of necessary use, and good Trafficke there. All manner of Iron-wares, as all manner of nailes for houses, and all manner of Spikes for building of Boates, Ships, and fishing stages: all manner of tooles for Workemen, Hoes for planters, broad and narrow for setting and weeding; with Axes both broad and pitching-axes. All manner of Augers, piercing bits, Whip-saws, Two-handed saws, Froes, both for the riving of Pailes and Laths, rings for Beetles heads, and Iron-wedges; though all these be made in the Countrey: (there being divers Blacke-smiths) yet being a heavy commodity, and taking but a little stoage, it is cheaper to carry such commodities out of England. Glasse ought not to be forgotten of any that desire to benefit themselves, or the Countrey: if it be well leaded, and carefully pack't up, I know no commodity better for portage or sayle. Here likewise must not be forgotten all Vtensils for the Sea, as Barbels, splitting-knives, Leads, and Cod-hookes, and Lines, Machrill-hooks and lines, Sharke-hookes, Seanes, or Basse nets, large and strong, Herring-nets, &c. Such as would eate Fowle, must not forget their sixe-foote Gunnes, their good Powder and shot, of all sorts; a great round shot called Bastable-shot, is the best; being made of a blacker Lead than ordinary shot: Furthermore, good Pooldavies to make sayles for Boates, Roads, and Anchors for Boates and Pinnaces, be good; Sea-coale, Iron, Lead, and Mil-stones, Flints, Ordonances, and whatsoever a man can conceive is good for the Countrey, that will lie as Ballast, he cannot be a loser by it. And lest I should forget a thing of so great importance, no man must neglect to provide for himselfe, or those belonging to him, his munition for the defence of himselfe and the Countrey. For there is no man there that beares a head, but that beares military Armes: even Boyes of fourteene yeares of age, are practised with men in militarie discipline, every three weeks. Whosoever shall carrie over Drummes and English Colours, Pattesons, Halberds, Pickes, Muskets, Bandelerous, with Swords, shall not neede to feare good gaine for them, such things being wanting in the country: Likewise whatsoever shall be needefull for fortifications of holds and Castles, whereby the common enemy may be kept out in future times, is much desired. They as yet have had no great cause to feare; but because securitie hath beene the overthrow of many a new plantation, it is their care according to their abilities, to secure themselves by fortifications, as well as they can: Thus having shewed what commodities are most usefull, it will not be amisse to shew you what men be most fit for these plantations.
Now, to encourage his men, he shouldn’t do what many have done (more out of ignorance than desire) by bringing a lot of mouths and no food; instead, he should bring plenty of food for a few mouths. A lack of proper supplies only leads to complaints and laziness, while those who are well-fed perform their tasks quickly and cheerfully. For meals, it’s important to carry a hogshead and a half for each laborer to sustain them until they can reap the fruits of their labor, which will take about a year and a half after they arrive if they land in May or June. He should also bring malt, beef, butter, cheese, some peas, good wines, vinegar, spirits, etc. Anyone who brings more of these than they personally use can sell the excess for as much profit as any other staple commodity. Everyone must also carry a good supply of clothing; if they come to buy it there, they’ll find it more expensive than in England. Woolen cloth is a great commodity, and linen is even better, such as Holland cloth, lockram, flaxen, hempen, calico fabrics, linsey-woolsey, and blue calico, green cloth for housewives' aprons, hats, boots, shoes, and good Irish stockings, which, if they're good quality, are much more practical than knit ones. All kinds of grocery items, like sugar, prunes, raisins, currants, honey, nutmeg, cloves, etc., as well as soap, candles, and lamps, are also good trade items. All sorts of household goods are in good demand there, like pewter and brass, but large iron pots are preferred over brass for use in that area. Warming pans and stewing pans are also necessary and good to trade. All kinds of iron goods are needed, such as nails for houses, spikes for building boats, ships, and fishing platforms; all kinds of tools for workers, hoes for planters, wide and narrow for planting and weeding; with broad axes and pitchforks. All kinds of augers, boring bits, whip saws, two-handed saws, froes for splitting pales and laths, rings for hammer heads, and iron wedges; even though all these are made locally (there being several blacksmiths), they are heavy items, and since they occupy little storage space, it’s cheaper to bring these items from England. Glass should not be forgotten by anyone who wants to benefit themselves or the country; if it’s well-leaded and carefully packed, I know no commodity better for transport or sale. We must also remember all utensils for the sea, like gaffs, splitting knives, leads, cod hooks and lines, mackerel hooks and lines, shark hooks, seine or bass nets, large and strong, herring nets, etc. Those who wish to hunt fowl shouldn’t forget their six-foot guns, good powder and shot of all types; a large round shot called bastable shot is the best, made of a darker lead than regular shot. Furthermore, good cloth for making sails for boats, ropes, and anchors for boats and pinnaces are valuable; sea coal, iron, lead, millstones, flint, ordnance, and anything someone can think of that would be useful for the country and can serve as ballast will not be a loss. And lest I forget something so crucial, no one should neglect to provide for themselves or those dependent on them their ammunition for defense against threats. Because everyone there who can hold a weapon is armed; even boys as young as fourteen engage in military training every three weeks. Anyone who brings drums and English colors, pikes, halberds, picks, muskets, bandoliers, and swords shouldn’t worry about making a good profit from them, as such items are needed in the country. Likewise, anything necessary for fortifying strongholds and castles to keep out future common enemies is highly desired. They haven’t had much reason to fear yet, but because complacency has led to the downfall of many new settlements, they do their best to secure themselves with fortifications. Having shown what commodities are most useful, it would also be good to discuss what types of people are most suited for these settlements.
First, men of good working, and contriving heads, a well experienced common wealths man for the good of the body politicke in matters of advice and counsell, a well skilled and industrious husbandman, for tillage and improvements of grounds; an ingenious Carpenter, a cunning Ioyner, a handie Cooper, such a one as can make strong ware for the use of the countrie, and a good Brickmaker, a Tyler and a Smith, a Leather dresser, a Gardner, and a Taylour: one that hath good skill in the trade of fishing, is of speciall use, and so is a good Fowler, if there be any that hath skill in any of these trades, if he can transport himselfe, he needs not feare but he may improve his time and endeavours to his owne benefit, and comfort; if any cannot transport himselfe, he may provide himselfe of an honest master, and so may doe as well. There is as much freedome and liberty for servants as in England and more too; a wronged servant shall have right volens nolens from his injurious master, and a wronged master shall have right of his injurious servant, as well as here: Wherefore let no servant be discouraged from the voyage, that intends it. And now whereas it is generally reported, that servants and poore men grow rich, and the masters and Gentrie grow poore; I must needs confesse that the diligent hand makes rich, and that labouring men having good store of employments, and as good pay, live well, and contentedly; but I cannot perceive that those that set them aworke are any way impoverished by them; peradventure they have lesse monie by reason of them, but never the lesse riches; a mans worke well done being more beneficiall than his monie, or other dead commodities, which otherwise would lye by him to no purpose. If any men be so improvident as to set men about building of Castles in the Aire, or other unnecessary employments, they may grow poore; but such as employ labourers about planting of Corne, building of houses, fenceing in of ground, fishing, and divers other necessary occasions, shall receive as much or more by poore mens labours, than those that live in England doe from the industrie of such as they hire: Wherefore I doe suppose this to be but the surmisings of some that are ignorant of the state of the countrey, or else misinformed by some ill willers to the plantations. Many objections I know are daily invented, to hinder the proceedings of these new plantations, which may dampe the unsetled spirits of such as are not greatly affected with those undertakings; Some say the Spaniard layes claime to the whole country, being the first discoverer hereof, and that he may make invasion upon those parts as well as he hath done upon S. Christophers, and S. Martins, and those places: but it doth not follow that because he tooke such places as lay just in his way to the West Indies, that he should come thousands of miles with a great Navie to plantations, as yet not worth the pillage: and when the plantations are growne noted in the eyes of the common foes for wealth, it is hoped that when the Bees have Honie in their Hives, they will have stings in their tailes. Hath not Virginia beene planted many yeares which is foure hundred miles nearer the Spaniards course, and yet never met with any affrontments; so that this scruple smells of feare and pusill-animitie. To wipe away all groundlesse calumniations, and to answer to every too curious objections, and frivolous question (some so simple as not ashamed to aske whether the Sunne shines there or no) were to run in infinitum; but I hope that the severall manuscripts and letters, and informations by word of mouth from such of our honest countrimen which daily have recourse unto us, have given full satisfaction to such as are well willers to the plantations: and for such as are estranged to it in affection, if every word that hath beene eyther writ or spoken were a forcive argument, yet would it be too little to steddie their beleefe in any one particular concerning the country. Some are nimble eared to heare faults, and so ready tongued to publish them, yea often times with strained constructions; a false asseveration usually winneth more beleefe than two verifying negatives can resettle: Some there are who count with Claudian that it is an incomparable happinesse to have their birth, life & burying in the same place: these are never likely to remove further than the shell of their owne countrie. But because there are some noble spirits that devote their states, and their persons, to the common good of their king and country, I have therefore for their direction and delight made this relation: For as the end of my travell was observation, so I desire the end of my observation may tend to the information of others: As I have observed what I have seene, and written what I have observed, so doe I desire to publish what I have written, desiring it may be beneficiall to posteritie; and if any man desire to fill himselfe at that fountaine, from whence this tasting cup was taken, his owne experience shall tell him as much as I have here related, and thus I passe from the country as it stands to the English, and come to discourse how it stands to the old Natives, and they to it, as followeth.
First, there are hardworking, creative people, a well-experienced statesman for the good of the community in matters of advice and counsel, a skilled and diligent farmer for cultivating and improving the land; a clever carpenter, a skilled joiner, a handy cooper who can make sturdy tools for the country’s use, and a good brickmaker, tiler, blacksmith, leatherworker, gardener, and tailor: someone with fishing skills is particularly valuable, as is a good hunter; if anyone has expertise in any of these trades, they shouldn't hesitate because they can improve their time and efforts for their own benefit and comfort; if someone can't travel, they can find an honest master and still do well. There’s as much freedom and liberty for workers as in England and even more; a mistreated worker will get justice volens nolens from their unfair master, and a wronged master can get justice from their unfair worker, just like here: Thus, no worker should be discouraged from the journey if they plan to go. Now, it's commonly said that workers and poor people are getting rich while masters and gentry are becoming poor; I must admit that hard work brings wealth and that laborers, having plenty of jobs and good pay, live well and contentedly; but I don’t see that those who employ them are impoverished; perhaps they have less money because of them, but they still have wealth; a man’s work, done well, is more valuable than his money or other passive assets that would otherwise sit idle. If someone is careless enough to have workers build castles in the air or engage in other unnecessary tasks, they may end up poor; however, those who hire laborers for planting corn, building houses, fencing in land, fishing, and various other necessary tasks will gain as much or more from poor people's labor than those who live in England do from the work of those they hire: Therefore, I believe these claims are just speculations from people who are either ignorant of the country’s situation or misinformed by some detractors of the colonies. I know many objections are made daily to hinder the progress of these new colonies, which could dampen the spirits of those who aren’t truly passionate about these endeavors; some say the Spaniard claims the whole country, being the first to discover it, and that he may invade these areas just as he has done on St. Christopher, St. Martin, and other places: but just because he took those places that were directly in his path to the West Indies, it doesn’t mean he would travel thousands of miles with a large fleet to raid colonies that aren't even worth the effort yet; and when the colonies become known to common enemies for their wealth, it is hoped that when the bees have honey in their hives, they will defend themselves. Hasn’t Virginia been established for many years, which is four hundred miles closer to the Spaniards' route, and yet has never faced any hostility? So, this concern smacks of fear and cowardice. To address all baseless accusations and answer every overly inquisitive objection and trivial question (some are so simple they are not ashamed to ask whether the sun shines there or not) would be an endless task; but I hope that the various manuscripts, letters, and testimonials from our honest countrymen who come to us regularly have sufficiently satisfied those who support the colonies: and for those who are ambivalent towards it, even if every word that has been written or spoken were a compelling argument, it would still be too little to convince them of any one detail concerning the country. Some people are quick to hear faults and just as quick to spread them, often with exaggerated interpretations; a false assertion usually gains more credence than two confirming denials can counter: Some believe, like Claudian, that it is an unmatched happiness to have their birth, life, and burial in the same place; such people are unlikely to venture far from the shell of their own country. However, because there are noble spirits that dedicate their resources and lives to the common good of their king and country, I have created this account for their guidance and enjoyment: As the purpose of my travels was observation, I wish my observations to inform others: As I have noted what I have seen and written what I have observed, I aspire to publish what I have written, hoping it may benefit future generations; and if anyone wishes to learn more from the source of this information, their own experience will tell them as much as I have shared here; and so I transition from the country as it pertains to the English and begin to discuss how it relates to the native people and their interaction with it, as follows.

Chapter 1.

The country as it is in relation to the Indians, is divided as it were into Shires, every severall division being swayde by a severall king. The Indians to the East and North east, bearing the name of Churchers, and Tarrenteenes. These in the Southerne parts be called Pequants, and Narragansets; those who are seated West-ward be called, Connectacuts, and Mowhacks: Our Indians that live to the North-ward of them be called Aberginians, who before the sweeping Plague, were an Inhabitant not fearing, but rather scorning the confrontments of such as now count them but the scumme of the country, and would soone roote them out of their native possessions were it not for the English.
The country, in relation to the Indians, is divided into areas, each ruled by its own king. The Indians in the East and Northeast are known as Churchers and Tarrenteenes. In the Southern regions, they are referred to as Pequants and Narragansets; those who live to the West are called Connectacuts and Mowhacks. Our Indians to the North are known as Aberginians, who before the devastating Plague, were inhabitants that were confident and often dismissive of those who now consider them the lowest of the land, and would quickly drive them out of their native lands if it weren't for the English.
These are a cruell bloody people, which were wont to come downe upon their poore neighbours with more than bruitish savagenesse, spoyling of their Corne, burning their houses, slaying men, ravishing women, yea very Caniballs they were, sometimes eating on a man one part after another before his face, and while yet living; in so much that the very name of a Mowhack would strike the heart of a poore Abergenian dead, were there not hopes at hand of releefe from English to succour them: For these inhumane homicides confesse that they dare not meddle with a white faced man, accompanyed with his hot mouth'd weapon. These Indians be a people of a tall stature, of long grimme visages, slender wasted, and exceeding great armes and thighes, wherein they say their strength lyeth; and this I rather beleeve because an honest gentleman told me, upon his knowledge, that he saw one of them with a fillippe with his finger kill a dogge, who afterward flead him and sod him, and eate him to his dinner. They are so hardie that they can eate such things as would make other Indians sicke to looke upon, being destitute of fish and flesh, they suffice hunger and maintaine nature with the use of vegetatives; but that which they most hunt after, is the flesh of man; their custome is if they get a stranger neere their habitations, not to butcher him immediately, but keeping him in as good plight as they can, feeding him with the best victualls they have. As a neere neighbouring Indian assured me, who found what he had spoke true by a lamentable experience, still wearing the cognizance of their cruelty on his naked arme, who being taken by them eate of their foode, lodged in their beds, nay he was brought forth every day, to be new painted, piped unto, and hem'd in with a ring of bare skinned morris dancers, who presented their antiques before him: In a word, when they had sported enough about this walking Maypole, a rough hewne satyre cutteth a gobbit of flesh from his brawnie arme, eating it in his view, searing it with a firebrand, least the blood should be wasted before the morning, at the dawning wherof they told him they would make an end as they had begun; hee answered that he cared as little for their threats as they did for his life, not fearing death; whereupon they led him bound into a Wigwam, where he sate as a condemned Prisoner, grating his teeth for anguish being for the present so hampered, and the next day to be entombed in so many living sepulchers; he extends his strength to the utmost, breaketh the bands from his hands, and loosing the cords from his feete, thought at once to be revenged for the flesh of his arme, and finding a hatchet, layes one with an arme of revenge to the unliving of ten men at first onset, afterward taking the opportunitie of the dead of night, fled through the woods and came to his native home, where he still lives to rehearse his happie escapall; of the rest of their inhumane cruelties let the Dutchmen, (who live among them) testifie, as likewise the cruell manner of leading their prisoners captive, whom they doe not onely pinnion with sharpe thongs, but likewise bore holes through their hamstrings, through which they thread a cord coupling ten or a dozen men together.
These are a cruel and violent people, who used to come down upon their poor neighbors with more than animalistic savageness, destroying their crops, burning their houses, killing men, and assaulting women. They were like cannibals, sometimes eating a man piece by piece right before his eyes while he was still alive; so much so that just the mention of a Mowhack would terrify a poor Abergenian to death, unless there was hope of rescue from the English to save them. These inhumane killers admit that they wouldn’t dare to confront a white man, especially if he is carrying a weapon. These Indians are tall, with long, grim faces, slim waists, and very large arms and thighs, which they claim is where their strength lies. I tend to believe this because an honest gentleman, based on his experience, told me he saw one of them kill a dog with just a flick of his finger, then skin it, cook it, and eat it for dinner. They are so brave that they can eat things that would make other Indians sick just to look at. Lacking in fish and meat, they survive and sustain themselves on plants. However, what they desire most is human flesh. Their custom, if they catch a stranger near their settlements, is not to kill him immediately but to keep him in as good condition as possible, feeding him with the best food they have. A neighboring Indian confirmed this to me and learned the truth through a tragic experience, still bearing the mark of their cruelty on his bare arm. He was taken by them, fed their food, slept in their beds, and was paraded before them every day to be adorned, played for, and surrounded by a circle of bare-skinned dancers presenting their performances. In short, after enough entertainment around this living spectacle, a rough, wild man cut a piece of flesh from his muscular arm, eating it in front of him, roasting it with a firebrand so the blood wouldn’t spill before morning, when they told him they would end it as they had started. He replied that he cared as little for their threats as they did for his life, facing death without fear. They then took him bound into a Wigwam, where he sat like a condemned prisoner, gritting his teeth in anguish, constrained and knowing that the next day he would be buried in living death. He summoned all his strength, broke free from his binds, and freeing his feet, he aimed to take revenge for the flesh of his arm. Finding an axe, he struck down ten men in his first attack, then took advantage of the dead of night, fleeing through the woods and returning to his homeland, where he still lives to tell the tale of his lucky escape. For the rest of their inhumane cruelty, let the Dutchmen, who live among them, testify, as well as the brutal method they use to take their prisoners captive, whom they not only bind with sharp thongs but also pierce through the tendons in their legs, threading a cord to tie ten or a dozen men together.
These Indians be more desperate in warres than the other Indians; which proceeds not onely from the fiercenesse of their natures, but also in that they know themselves to be better armed and weaponed; all of them wearing sea horse skinnes and barkes of trees, made by their Art as impenitrable it is thought as steele, wearing head peeces of the same, under which they march securely and undantedly, running, and fiercely crying out, Hadree Hadree succomee succomee we come we come to sucke your blood, not fearing the feathered shafts of the strong-armed bow-men, but like unruly headstrong stallions beate them downe with their right hand Tamahaukes, and left hand Iavelins, being all the weapons which they use, counting bowes a cowardly fight. Tamahaukes be staves of two foote and a halfe long, and a knob at one end as round and bigge as a footeball: a Iavelin is a short speare, headed with sharpe sea-horse teeth; one blow or thrust with these strange weapons, will not neede a second to hasten death, from a Mowhackes arme. I will conclude this discourse concerning the Mowhackes, in a tragicall rehearsall of one of their combates. A Sagamore inhabiting neere these Canniballs, was so dayly annoyed with their injurious inhumanitie, that he must either become a tributarie subject to their tyrannie, or release himselfe from thraldome by the stroke of warre, which he was unable to wage of himselfe: wherefore with faire entreaties, plausible perswasions, forcive arguments, and rich presents he sent to other Sagamores, he procured so many souldiers as summed with his owne, made his forces sixe thousand strong; with the which he resolutely marched towards his enemies, intending either to win the horse or loose the saddle. His enemies having heard of his designes, plotted how to confront him in his enterprize, and overthrow him by trecherie; which they thus attempted; knowing their enemies were to swimme over a muddie river, they divided their bands lying in ambush on both sides the river, waiting his approach, who suspected no danger looking for nothing but victory; but immediately they were invyroned with their unexpected foes, in their greatest disadvantage: for being in the water, shoote they could not, for swimming was their action; and when they came to the side, they could not runne away, for their feete stucke fast in the mudde, and their adversaries impaled them about, clubbing and darting all that attained the shore; so that all were killed and captived, saving three who swimming further under the waters (like the Ducke that escapeth the Spannell by diving) untill they were out of sight of their blood thirstie foes, recovered the shoare creeping into the thickets, from whence after a little breathing and resting of their weary limbes, they marched through the woods and arrived at their owne homes, relating to their inquisitive survivers the sadde event of their warre, who a long time after deplored the death of their friends, still placing the remembrance of that day in the Callender of their mishappes.
These Indians are more desperate in battle than the other Indians; this comes not only from the fierceness of their nature, but also because they know they are better armed. All of them wear sea horse skins and tree bark, crafted by their skill to be as impenetrable as steel, with helmets made from the same material, allowing them to march confidently and fearlessly, shouting, Hadree Hadree succomee succomee we come we come to suck your blood, without fearing the feathered arrows of the strong-armed bowmen. Like unruly, headstrong stallions, they beat them down with their right-hand Tamahaukes and left-hand javelins, which are the only weapons they use, considering bows to be cowardly. Tamahaukes are staffs two and a half feet long, with a knob at one end as round and big as a football; a javelin is a short spear tipped with sharp sea horse teeth. A single blow or thrust from these strange weapons is enough to ensure death from a Mowhackes arm. I will conclude this discussion about the Mowhackes with a tragic account of one of their battles. A Sagamore living near these Cannibals was so constantly troubled by their cruel inhumanity that he had to either submit to their tyranny or free himself from bondage through war, which he couldn’t fight alone. So, with fair entreaties, persuasive arguments, forceful reasoning, and rich gifts, he sent out to other Sagamores to gather soldiers, bringing his forces to a total of six thousand strong. With this army, he boldly marched toward his enemies, determined to either win or lose everything. His enemies, hearing of his plans, plotted to ambush him and defeat him with treachery. They knew that their enemies would have to swim across a muddy river, so they split their forces and lay in wait on both sides of the river, anticipating his approach, while he expected nothing but victory. However, they were quickly surrounded by their unexpected foes, caught at a great disadvantage: being in the water, they couldn’t shoot, as swimming was their only option; and when they reached the shore, they couldn’t run away because their feet were stuck in the mud. Their enemies surrounded them, clubbing and throwing darts at anyone who reached the shore, resulting in the deaths and captures of all but three. These three managed to swim further underwater (like a duck escaping a spaniel by diving) until they were out of sight of their bloodthirsty foes. They reached the shore, crept into the thickets, and after resting their weary limbs, they navigated through the woods back home, sharing the sad news of their war with the curious survivors, who mourned their friends for a long time afterward, forever marking that day in the calendar of their misfortunes.
Chap. 2.
The Tarrenteenes saving that they eate not mans flesh, are little lesse salvage, and cruell than these Canniballs: our Indians doe feare them as their deadly enemies; for so many of them as they meete they kill. About 2 yeares agoe, our Indians being busie about their accustomed huntings, not suspecting them so neere their owne liberties, were on the suddaine surprized by them; some being slaine, the rest escaping to their English Asylum, whither they durst not pursue them; their Sagamore was wounded by an arrow, but presently cured by English Chirurgery. These Indians are the more insolent, by reason they have guns which they dayly trade for with the French, (who will sell his eyes as they say, for beaver:) but these doe them more credit than service; for having guns they want powder, or if they have that, they want shot, something or other being alwayes wanting; so that they use them for little, but to salute coasting boates that come to trade, who no sooner can anchor in any harbour; but they present them with a vollie of shot, asking for sacke and strong liquors, which they so much love since the English used to trade it with them, that they will scarse trade for any thing else, lashing out into excessive abuse, first taught by the example of some of our English who to uncloathe them of their beaver coates, clad them with the infection of swearing and drinking, which was never in fashion with them before, it being contrary to their nature to guzell downe strong drinke, or use so much as to sippe of strong-waters, vntill our bestiall example and dishonest incitation brought them to it; from which I am sure hath sprung many evill consequents, as disorder, quarrels, wrongs, unconscionable and forcive wresting of Beaver and Wampompeage: and from over-flowing Cups there hath beene a proceeding to revenge, murther and over-flowing of blood. As witnesse Maister Wayes Boate, which they sunke with stones after they had killed his son, with three more: buzzing the English in the eares, that they see it bulged against the rockes, and the men drowned in the beating surges: but afterwards being betrayed, as many as were caught, were hanged. Another who was situated on Richmonds Iland, living as he list amongst them, making his couetous corrupt will his law; after many abuses, was with his family one evening treacherously murthered, under a faire pretence of trade; so that these that lived beside the Law of God, and their King, and the light of Nature, dyed by their hands that car'd neither for God, King, nor Nature. Take these Indians in their own trimme and naturall disposition, and they be reported to be wise, lofty-spirited, constant in friendship to one another; true in their promise, and more industrious than many others.
The Tarrenteenes, claiming they don’t eat human flesh, are almost as savage and cruel as those Cannibals: our Indians fear them as deadly enemies; they kill any of them they encounter. About two years ago, while our Indians were busy with their usual hunts, not suspecting any danger near their own territory, they were suddenly ambushed by them; some were killed, while others escaped to their English Asylum, which the Tarrenteenes wouldn’t pursue them into. The Sagamore was shot by an arrow but was quickly treated by English surgeons. These Indians are more arrogant because they have guns that they trade for daily with the French, (who are said to be willing to do anything for beaver). However, the guns are more of a status symbol than useful, as they often lack powder, and if they have that, they lack shot—there’s always something missing. They mostly use guns to greet passing trading boats; no sooner do the boats anchor in any harbor than they greet them with a volley of shots, asking for sack and strong drinks, which they crave since the English began trading it with them. They barely trade for anything else, indulging in excessive drinking, a habit first introduced by some of our English traders who, to strip them of their beaver coats, led them into swearing and drinking, practices that were never part of their culture before. It’s against their nature to down strong drinks or even sip hard liquor until our disgraceful example and dishonest prodding brought them to it; from this, many negative consequences have arisen, such as disorder, fights, injustices, and ruthless seizing of Beaver and Wampum. From drunken excess, there have been incidents of revenge, murder, and bloodshed. For instance, witness the boat of Mr. Wayes, which they sunk with stones after killing his son and three others, telling the English that it was lodged against the rocks, with the men drowned in the crashing waves; but later, those who were caught were hanged. Another man, living on Richmond’s Island and doing as he pleased among them, letting his greedy, corrupt will be his law, was treacherously murdered one evening along with his family under the false pretense of trade; thus, those who lived outside the Law of God, their King, and nature were ultimately killed by those who cared nothing for God, King, or Nature. When assessing these Indians in their natural state, they are noted to be wise, proud, reliable friends to one another, true to their word, and more industrious than many others.
Chap. 3.
The Pequants be a stately warlike people, of whom I never heard any misdemeanour; but that they were iust and equall in their dealings; not treacherous either to their Country-men, or English: Requiters of courtesies, affable towards the English. Their next neighbours the Narragansets, be at this present the most numerous people in those parts, the most rich also, and the most industrious; being the store-house of all such kind of wild Merchandize as is amongst them. These men are the most curious minters of their Wampompeage and Mowhakes, which they forme out of the inmost wreaths of Periwinkle-shels. The Northerne, Easterne, and Westerne Indians fetch all their Coyne from these Southerne Mint-masters. From hence they have most of their curious Pendants & Bracelets; from hence they have their great stone-pipes, which wil hold a quarter of an ounce of Tobacco, which they make with steele-drils and other instruments; such is their ingenuity & dexterity, that they can imitate the English mold so accurately, that were it not for matter and colour it were hard to distinguish them; they make them of greene, & sometimes of blacke stone; they be much desired of our English Tobaconists, for their rarity, strength, handsomnesse, and coolnesse. Hence likewise our Indians had their pots wherein they used to seeth their victuals before they knew the use of Brasse. Since the English came, they have employed most of their time in catching of Beavers, Otters, and Musquashes, which they bring downe into the Bay, returning backe loaded with English commodities, of which they make a double profit, by selling them to more remote Indians, who are ignorant at what cheape rates they obtaine them, in comparison of what they make them pay, so making their neighbours ignorance their enrichment. Although these be populous, yet I never heard they were desirous to take in hand any martiall enterprize, or expose themselves to the uncertaine events of warre: wherefore the Pequants call them Women-like men; but being uncapable of a jeare, they rest secure under the conceit of their popularitie, and seeke rather to grow rich by industrie, than famous by deeds of Chevalry. But to leave strangers, and come to declare what is experimentally knowne of the Indians, amongst whom we live: of whom in the next Chapter.
The Pequots are a proud, warlike people, and I've never heard of them doing anything wrong; they are fair and just in their dealings, not treacherous to their fellow countrymen or the English. They repay kindness and are friendly toward the English. Their closest neighbors, the Narragansetts, are currently the most numerous people in the area, as well as the wealthiest and most hardworking, being the source of all kinds of wild goods available among them. These people are expert crafters of their Wampum and Mohawks, which they create from the innermost layers of periwinkle shells. The Northern, Eastern, and Western Indians get all their currency from these Southern mint masters. From here, they acquire most of their decorative pendants and bracelets, along with large stone pipes that can hold a quarter of an ounce of tobacco, which they make with steel drills and other tools. Their skill and craftsmanship are such that they can replicate the English mold with such precision that, if it weren't for the material and color, it would be hard to tell them apart; they make them from green and sometimes black stone. These pipes are highly sought after by our English tobacco merchants for their rarity, strength, beauty, and coolness. Likewise, our Indians got their pots for cooking food from them before they learned to use brass. Since the English arrived, they have spent most of their time trapping beavers, otters, and muskrats, bringing them down to the Bay and returning loaded with English goods, making a double profit by selling them to more distant Indians, who don’t know the cheap prices they pay for them compared to what they sell them for, thus profiting from their neighbors' ignorance. Although they are numerous, I have never heard they wanted to pursue any military ventures or put themselves at risk in war; for this reason, the Pequots call them womanly men. However, being unable to take a joke, they feel secure in their notion of popularity and prefer to grow rich through hard work rather than seek fame through acts of valor. But let's move away from outsiders and talk about what we know firsthand about the Indians among whom we live: more on that in the next chapter.
Chap. 4.
First of their Stature, most of them being betweene five or six foote high, straight bodied, strongly composed, smooth skinned, merry countenanced, of complexion something more swarthy than Spaniards, black hair'd, high foreheaded, blacke ey'd, out-nosed, broad shouldred, brawny arm'd, long and slender handed, out brested, small wasted, lanke bellied, well thighed, flat kneed, handsome growne leggs, and small feete: In a word, take them when the blood briskes in their veines, when the flesh is on their backs, and marrow in their bones, when they frolick in their antique deportments and Indian postures; and they are more amiable to behold (though onely in Adams livery) than many a compounded phantasticke in the newest fashion. It may puzzle beliefe, to conceive how such lustie bodies should have their rise and daily supportment from so slender a fostering; their houses being meane, their lodging as homely, commons scant, their drinke water, and Nature their best cloathing; in them the old proverbe may well be verified: (Natura paucis contenta) for though this be their daily portion, they still are healthfull and lusty. I have beene in many places, yet did I never see one that was borne either in redundance or defect a monster, or any that sickneffe had deformed, or casualitie made decrepit, saving one that had a bleared eye, and an other that had a wenne on his cheeke. The reason is rendred why they grow so proportionable, and continue so long in their vigour (most of them being 50 before a wrinkled brow or gray haire betray their age) is because they are not brought downe with suppressing labour, vexed with annoying cares, or drowned in the excessive abuse of overflowing plenty, which oftentimes kils them more than want, as may appeare in them. For when they change their bare Indian commons for the plenty of Englands fuller diet, it is so contrary to their stomacks, that death or a desperate sicknesse immediately accrews, which makes so few of them desirous to see England. Their swarthinesse is the Sun's livery, for they are borne faire. Their smooth skins proceede from the often anoynting of their bodies with the oyle of fishes, and the fat of Eagles, with the grease of Rackoones, which they hold in summer, the best antidote to keepe their skinne from blistering with the scorching Sunne; and it is their best armour against the Musketoes, the surest expeller of the hairy excrement, and stops the pores of their bodies against the nipping winters cold. Their black haire is naturall, yet it is brought to a more jetty colour by oyling, dying, and daily dressing. Sometimes they weare it very long, hanging down in a loose dishevel'd womanish manner; otherwhile tied up hard and short like a horse taile, bound close with a fillet, which they say makes it grow the faster: they are not a little phantasticall or custom-sick in this particular; their boyes being not permitted to weare their haire long till sixteene yeares of age, and then they must come to it by degrees; some being cut with a long foretop, a long locke on the crowne, one of each side of his head, the rest of his haire being cut even with the scalpe: the young men and souldiers weare their haire long on the one side, the other side being cut short like a screw; other cuts they have as their fancie befooles them, which would torture the wits of a curious Barber to imitate. But though they be thus wedded to the haire of their head, you cannot wooe them to weare it on their chinnes, where it no sooner growes, but it is stubbed up by the rootes, for they count it as an unuseful, cumbersome, and opprobrious excrement, insomuch as they call him an English mans bastard that hath but the appearance of a beard, which some have growing in a staring fashion, like the beard of a cat, which makes them the more out of love with them, choosing rather to have no beards than such as should make them ridiculous.
First of all, they're mostly between five and six feet tall, with straight, strong bodies, smooth skin, cheerful faces, and a complexion a bit darker than Spaniards. They have black hair, high foreheads, black eyes, prominent noses, broad shoulders, muscular arms, long and slender hands, developed chests, slim waists, lean bellies, well-shaped thighs, flat knees, attractive legs, and small feet. In short, when they're in good health, with blood pumping in their veins, flesh on their bones, and healthy marrow, and when they cheerfully engage in their traditional activities and Indian postures, they're more pleasant to look at (even just in Adam's attire) than many fashionably dressed people today. It might be hard to believe how such vigorous bodies can thrive on such simple sustenance; their homes are humble, their living conditions basic, their food limited, they drink water, and nature provides their best clothing. This validates the old saying: "Nature is content with little," because even with this modest diet, they remain healthy and strong. I've traveled to many places but have never seen anyone born with significant deformities, nor anyone disfigured by illness or accident, except for one person with a lazy eye and another with a growth on their cheek. The reason they grow so proportionate and maintain their vigor for so long (most reach 50 without wrinkles or gray hair showing their age) is that they aren't worn down by heavy labor, burdened with stressful worries, or overwhelmed by excessive luxury, which can be more harmful to them than scarcity, as evidenced by their experiences. When they swap their simple Indian fare for the rich diet of England, it clashes so much with their stomachs that it can lead to death or severe illness, which is why few of them want to visit England. Their darker skin is the result of the sun, as they are naturally fair. Their smooth skin comes from regularly applying fish oil and eagle fat, along with raccoon grease during the summer, which helps protect their skin from blistering under the scorching sun and serves as their best defense against mosquitoes, repels pests, and closes their pores against the biting winter cold. Their black hair is natural, but it appears even darker due to oiling, dyeing, and daily grooming. Sometimes they wear it very long, flowing down loosely in a feminine way; other times, it's tied back short and tightly like a horse's tail, secured with a band, which they believe helps it grow faster. They're quite particular about their hairstyles; boys aren't allowed to grow their hair long until they're sixteen, and they must transition into it gradually. Some have long hair at the front, a long lock on top, one on each side of their head, while the rest is cut close to the scalp. Young men and soldiers wear their hair long on one side while keeping the other side very short, and they have various styles based on their preferences, which would challenge even the most skilled barber to replicate. However, despite their strong attachment to their head hair, they don't allow it to grow on their chins. When it starts to come in, they quickly shave it off, considering facial hair useless, cumbersome, and disgraceful. They even call a man with a beard an "Englishman's bastard," especially if it grows in an unkempt way, like a cat's whiskers, which makes them dislike it even more, preferring to remain beardless than risk looking ridiculous.
Chap. 5.
Now these naked bodies may seeme too weake to with-stand the assaulting heat of their parching Summers, and the piercing cold of the icie Winters, or it may be surmised that these earthly fabricks should be wasted to nothing by the tempestuous dashings of wind-driven raines, having neither that which may warme within, or shelter without; yet these things they looke not after, saving a paire of Indian Breeches to cover that which modesty commands to be hid, which is but a peece of cloth a yard and a halfe long, put betweene their groinings, tied with a snakes skinne about their middles, one end hanging downe with a flap before, the other like a taile behinde. In the Winter time the more aged of them weare leather drawers, in forme like Irish trouses, fastned under their girdle with buttons; they weare shooes likewise of their owne making cut out of a Mooses hide, many of them weare skinnes about them, in forme of an Irish mantle, and of these some be Beares skinnes, Mooses skinnes, and Beaver skinnes sewed together, Otter skinnes, and Rackoone skinnes; most of them in the Winter having his deepe furr'd Cat skinne, like a long large muffe, which hee shifts to that arme which lieth most exposed to the winde; thus clad, hee busles better through a world of cold in a frost-paved wildernesse, than the furred Citizen in his warmer Stoave. If their fancie drive them to trade, they choose rather a good course blanket, thorough which they cannot see, interposing it betweene the sunne and them; or a piece of broade cloth, which they use for a double end, making it a coate by day, and a covering by night; they love not to be imprisoned in our English fashion: they love their owne dogge fashion better (of shaking their eares, and being ready in a moment) than to spend time in dressing them, though they may as well spare it as any men I know, having little else to doe. But the chiefe reasons they render why they will not conforme to our English apparell, are, because their women cannot wash them when they bee soyled, and their meanes will not reach to buy new when they have done with their old; and they confidently beleeve, the English will not be so liberall as to furnish them upon gifture: therefore they had rather goe naked than be lousie, and bring their bodies out of their old tune, making them more tender by a new acquired habit, which poverty would constraine them to leave: although they be thus poore, yet is there in them the sparkes of naturall pride, which appeares in their longing desire after many kinde of ornaments, wearing pendants in their eares, as formes of birds, beasts, and fishes, carved out of bone, shels, and stone, with long bracelets of their curious wrought wampompeage and mowhackees, which they put about their necks and loynes; these they count a rare kinde of decking; many of the better sort bearing upon their cheekes certaine pourtraitures of beasts, as Beares, Deares, Mooses, Wolves, &c. some of fowls, as of Eagles, Hawkes, &c. which be not a superficiall painting, but a certaine incision, or else a raising of their skin by a small sharpe instrument, under which they conveigh a certain kind of black unchangeable inke, which makes the desired forme apparent and permanent. Others have certaine round Impressions downe the outside of their armes and brests, in forme of mullets or spur-rowels, which they imprint by searing irons: whether these be foiles to illustrate their unparalleld beauty (as they deeme it) or Armes to blazon their antique Gentilitie, I cannot easily determine: but a Sagamore with a Humberd in his eare for a pendant, a black hawke on his occiput for his plume, Mowhackees for his gold chaine, good store of Wampompeage begirting his loynes, his bow in his hand, his quiver at his back with six naked Indian spatterlashes at his heeles for his guard, thinkes himselfe little inferiour to the great Cham; hee will not stick to say, hee is all one with King Charles. He thinkes hee can blow downe Castles with his breath, and conquer kingdomes with his conceit. This Pompey can endure no equall, till one dayes adverse lotterie at their game (called Puimme) metamorphize him into a Codrus, robbing him of his conceited wealth, leaving him in minde and riches equall with his naked attendants, till a new taxation furnish him with a fresh supplie.
Now, these bare bodies might seem too weak to withstand the harsh heat of their scorching summers and the biting cold of icy winters, or one might think that these earthly forms would be reduced to nothingness by the wild lashings of wind-driven rain, having neither warmth within nor shelter without; yet they don’t really care about those things, except for a pair of Indian breeches to cover what modesty requires to be hidden, which is just a piece of cloth a yard and a half long, placed between their thighs, tied with a snake skin around their waists, one end hanging down in a flap at the front, the other trailing like a tail behind. In winter, the older ones wear leather leggings, styled like Irish trousers, fastened under their belts with buttons; they also wear shoes made from moose hide, many cover themselves with skins in the fashion of an Irish mantle, some of which are bear skins, moose skins, and beaver skins sewn together, along with otter skins and raccoon skins; most of them in winter wear a thick-furred cat skin, like a large long muff, which they shift to the arm that is most exposed to the wind; thus dressed, they manage better through a world of cold in a frost-covered wilderness than a fur-clad city dweller in his cozy stove. If they decide to trade, they prefer a good coarse blanket that they can’t see through, placing it between the sun and themselves; or a piece of broad cloth, which they use for two purposes, turning it into a coat by day and a blanket by night; they dislike being constrained by our English style: they prefer their own dog-like fashion (shaking their ears and being ready in an instant) over spending time dressing themselves, although they could certainly afford to spare time as much as anyone I know, having little else to do. But the main reasons they give for not conforming to our English clothing are that their women cannot wash them when they get dirty, and their means don’t allow them to buy new ones once they’re done with the old; they confidently believe that the English won’t be generous enough to provide them as gifts: therefore, they would rather go naked than be filthy, and let their bodies fall out of harmony, making them more delicate with a newly acquired attire that poverty would force them to abandon: even though they are this poor, they still have sparks of natural pride, which shows in their strong desire for various ornaments, wearing earrings shaped like birds, beasts, and fish, carved from bone, shells, and stone, along with long bracelets of their beautifully crafted wampum and mowhackees, which they wear around their necks and waists; they consider these a unique form of decoration; many of the higher-status individuals have certain designs of animals, like bears, deer, moose, wolves, etc., and some birds, like eagles and hawks, not painted superficially, but rather cut into their skin or raised by a sharp tool, under which they apply a type of black, permanent ink, making the desired design clear and lasting. Others have certain round stamps down the sides of their arms and chests, in the shape of stars or spurs, which they create with branding irons: whether these are adornments to showcase their unmatched beauty (as they believe) or symbols to display their ancient nobility, I cannot readily say: but a sagamore with a humble in his ear for a pendant, a black hawk on his head for a plume, mowhackees as his gold chain, plenty of wampum around his waist, a bow in his hand, a quiver on his back, and six naked Indian spatterlashes at his feet for protection, thinks of himself as little less than the great Cham; he wouldn’t hesitate to claim he is just like King Charles. He believes he can blow down castles with his breath and conquer kingdoms with his imagination. This Pompey can tolerate no equals, until one day's unfortunate lottery at their game (called Puimme) transforms him into a Codrus, stripping him of his fanciful wealth, leaving him equal in mind and riches with his naked companions, until a new taxation provides him with fresh supplies.
Chap. 6.
Having done with their most needfull cloathings and ornamentall deckings; may it please you to feast your eyes with their belly-timbers, which I suppose would be but stibium to weake stomacks as they cooke it, though never so good of it selfe. In Winter-time they have all manner of fowles of the water and of the land, & beasts of the land and water, pond-fish, with Catharres and other rootes, Indian beanes and Clamms. In the Summer they have all manner of Sea-fish, with all sorts of Berries. For the ordering of their victuals, they boile or roast them, having large Kettles which they traded for with the French long since, and doe still buy of the English as their neede requires, before they had substantiall earthen pots of their owne making. Their spits are no other than cloven sticks sharped at one end to thrust into the ground; into these cloven sticks they thrust the flesh or fish they would have rosted, behemming a round fire with a dozen of spits at a time, turning them as they see occasion. Some of their scullerie having dressed these homely cates, presents it to his guests, dishing it up in a rude manner, placing it on the verdent carpet of the earth which Nature spreads them, without either trenchers, napkins, or knives, upon which their hunger-sawced stomacks impatient of delayes, fals aboard without scrupling at unwashed hands, without bread, salt, or beere: lolling on the Turkish fashion, not ceasing till their full bellies leave nothing but emptie platters: they seldome or never make bread of their Indian corne, but seeth it whole like beanes, eating three or foure cornes with a mouthfull of fish or flesh, sometimes eating meate first, and cornes after, filling chinkes with their broth. In Summer, when their corne is spent, Isquoutersquashes is their best bread, a fruite like a young Pumpion. To say, and to speake paradoxically, they be great eaters, and yet little meate-men; when they visit our English, being invited to eate, they are very moderate, whether it be to shew their manners, or for shamefastnesse, I know not; but at home they will eate till their bellies stand south, ready to split with fulnesse; it being their fashion to eate all at some times, and sometimes nothing at all in two or three dayes, wise Providence being a stranger to their wilder wayes: they be right Infidels, neither caring for the morrow, or providing for their owne families; but as all are fellowes at foot-ball, so they all meete friends at the kettle, saving their Wives, that dance a Spaniell-like attendance at their backes for their bony fragments. If their imperious occasions cause them to travell, the best of their victuals for their journey is Nocake, (as they call it) which is nothing but Indian Corne parched in the hot ashes; the ashes being sifted from it, it is afterward beaten to powder, and put into a long leatherne bag, trussed at their backe like a knapsacke; out of which they take thrice three spoonefulls a day, dividing it into three meales. If it be in Winter, and Snow be on the ground, they can eate when they please, stopping Snow after their dusty victuals, which otherwise would feed them little better than a Tiburne halter. In Summer they must stay till they meete with a Spring or Brooke, where they may have water to prevent the imminent danger of choaking. With this strange viaticum they will travell foure or five daies together, with loads fitter for Elephants than men. But though they can fare so hardly abroad, at home their chaps must walke night and day as long as they have it. They keepe no set meales, their store being spent, they champe on the bit, till they meete with fresh supplies, either from their owne endeavours, or their wives industry, who trudge to the Clam-bankes when all other meanes faile. Though they be sometimes scanted, yet are they as free as Emperours, both to their Country-men and English, be he stranger, or neare acquaintance; counting it a great discourtesie, not to eate of their high-conceited delicates, and sup of their un-oat-meal'd broth, made thicke with Fishes, Fowles, and Beasts boyled all together; some remaining raw, the rest converted by over-much seething to a loathed mash, not halfe so good as Irish Boniclapper.
Having finished with their essential clothing and decorative items, feel free to enjoy their hearty meals, which might be a bit much for weak stomachs given how they cook them, even though they're good in themselves. In winter, they have all kinds of birds from both land and water, land and water animals, pond fish, Cassava and other roots, Indian beans, and clams. In summer, they have all kinds of sea fish and various berries. For preparing their food, they boil or roast it, using large kettles they traded for a long time ago with the French, and they still buy from the English as needed, before they had sturdy earthen pots of their own making. Their spits are simply split sticks sharpened at one end to push into the ground; they skewer the meat or fish they want to roast on these sticks, surrounding a fire with a dozen spits at a time, turning them as necessary. Some of their kitchen staff, after cooking these simple dishes, presents it to the guests, serving it up in a rough manner on the green carpet of the earth that nature spreads for them, without plates, napkins, or knives, as their hungry stomachs impatiently dive in without caring about dirty hands, without bread, salt, or beer: lying down in a Turkish style, they don’t stop until their full bellies leave nothing but empty platters. They seldom or never make bread from their Indian corn, but boil it whole like beans, eating three or four kernels with a mouthful of fish or meat, sometimes eating meat first and corn afterward, filling gaps with their broth. In summer, when their corn is gone, squash is their best bread, a fruit similar to a young pumpkin. Paradoxically speaking, they are big eaters but eat little meat; when they visit the English and are invited to eat, they are very moderate, whether to show good manners or out of shyness, I don’t know. But at home, they eat until their bellies feel ready to burst. It’s their habit to eat a lot at once, then sometimes go without food for two or three days, with wise providence being a stranger to their wild ways. They are quite reckless, showing no concern for tomorrow or providing for their families; yet they are all friends at mealtime, gathering around the kettle, except for their wives, who wait on them like attentive spaniels for their leftovers. If they have to travel, their best food for the journey is “Nocake,” which is simply Indian corn roasted in hot ashes; after sifting out the ashes, it is crushed into powder and stored in a long leather bag, strapped on their backs like a backpack; from this, they take nine spoonfuls a day, dividing it into three meals. In winter, with snow on the ground, they can eat when they want, using snow to wash down the dusty food, which wouldn’t feed them much better than a hanging noose. In summer, they have to wait until they find a spring or brook for water to avoid choking. With this strange “viaticum,” they can travel for four or five days, carrying burdens more suitable for elephants than for humans. But while they can manage on little while traveling, at home they must eat continuously as long as they have food. They don’t keep regular meal times; when their supplies run low, they munch on what they have until they find fresh supplies, whether from their own efforts or their wives’ work, who travel to the clam banks when all else fails. Though they may sometimes run short, they are as generous as emperors to their fellow countrymen and the English, whether stranger or close acquaintance; it is considered a great rudeness not to partake in their prized delicacies and their broth made thick with fish, fowl, and meat boiled together; some remaining raw while the rest turns to a mushy mix through excessive boiling, not half as good as Irish Boniclapper.
Chap. 7.
To enter into a serious discourse concerning the naturall conditions of these Indians, might procure admiration from the people of any civilized Nations, in regard of their civility and good natures. If a Tree may be judged by his fruite, and dispositions calculated by exteriour actions; then may it be concluded, that these Indians are of affable, courteous, and well disposed natures, ready to communicate the best of their wealth to the mutuall good of one another; and the lesse abundance they have, to manifest their entire friendship; so much the more perspicuous is their love, in that they are as willing to part with their Mite in poverty, as treasure in plenty. As he that kills a Deere, sends for his friends, and eates it merrily: So he that receives but a piece of bread from an English hand, parts it equally betweene himselfe and his comerades, and eates it lovingly. In a word, a friend can command his friend, his house, and whatsoever is his, (saving his Wife) and have it freely: And as they are love-linked thus in common courtesie, so are they no way sooner dis-joynted than by ingratitude; accounting an ungratefull person a double robber of a man, not onely of his courtesie, but of his thankes which he might receive of another for the same proffered, or received kindnesse. Such is their love to one another, that they cannot endure to see their Countrey-men wronged, but will stand stiffely in their defence: plead strongly in their behalfe, and justifie one anothers integrities in any warrantable action. If it were possible to recount the courtesies they have shewed the English, since their first arrivall in those parts, it would not onely steddy beleefe, that they are a loving people, but also winne the love of those that never saw them, and wipe off that needelesse feare that is too deepely rooted in the conceits of many, who thinke them envious, and of such rankerous and inhumane dispositions, that they will one day make an end of their English inmates. The worst indeede may be surmised, but the English hitherto have had little cause to suspect them, but rather to be convinced of their trustinesse, seeing they have as yet beene the disclosers of all such treacheries as have bin practised by other Indians. And whereas once there was a proffer of an universall League amongst all the Indians in those parts, to the intent that they might all joyne in one united force, to extirpate the English, our Indians refused the motion, replying, they had rather be servants to the English, of whom they were confident to receive no harme, and from whom they had received so many favours, and assured good testimonies of their love, than equals with them, who would cut their throates upon the least offence, and make them the shambles of their cruelty. Furthermore, if any roaving ships be upon the coasts, and chance to harbour either East-ward, North-ward, or South-ward in any unusuall Port, they will giue us certaine intelligence of her burthen and forces, describing their men either by language or features; which is a great priviledge and no small advantage. Many wayes hath their advice and endeavour beene advantagious unto us; they being our first instructers for the planting of their Indian Corne, by teaching us to cull out the finest seede, to observe the fittest season, to keepe distance for holes, and fit measure for hills, to worme it, and weede it; to prune it, and dresse it as occasion shall require.
To engage in a serious discussion about the natural qualities of these Indians might amaze people from any civilized nation, given their kindness and good nature. If a tree is judged by its fruit, and behaviors are assessed by outward actions, then it can be concluded that these Indians are friendly, polite, and well-disposed, eager to share their resources for each other's benefit; the less they have, the more they demonstrate their true friendship. Their love is even clearer in that they are just as willing to give away their little in poverty as they are to share treasures when they have plenty. Just as someone who hunts a deer invites friends to enjoy it together, when one receives just a piece of bread from an English hand, he divides it equally among himself and his friends, sharing it with love. In short, a friend can depend on his friend, his home, and all that belongs to him (except for his wife) and receive it freely. As they are thus linked through mutual kindness, they are only torn apart by ingratitude; they consider an ungrateful person to be a double thief, robbing not only of kindness but also of the gratitude another would receive for the same offered or received favor. Their love for one another is such that they cannot stand to see their fellow countrymen wronged; they will stand firmly in their defense, argue passionately for them, and justify each other's integrity in any rightful action. If it were possible to recount all the kindnesses they have shown to the English since their arrival in those parts, it would not only affirm their reputation as a loving people, but it would also earn the affection of those who have never seen them and dispel the unwarranted fears deeply rooted in the minds of many, who believe them to be envious and of such malicious and inhumane attitudes that they might one day wipe out their English neighbors. Although one might speculate the worst, the English have had little reason to suspect them, but rather to be convinced of their reliability, as they have revealed all treacheries practiced by other Indians. And whereas there was once a proposal for a universal alliance among all the Indians in the region, with the aim of uniting forces to drive out the English, our Indians declined, saying they would rather be servants to the English, from whom they were sure to receive no harm, and from whom they had received many favors and positive signs of love, than be equals with those who would kill them at the slightest offense and make them victims of their brutality. Furthermore, if any roving ships appear off the coast and happen to dock at any unusual port, they will inform us about their size and capabilities, describing their crew by language or appearance; this is a significant privilege and a considerable advantage. Their advice and efforts have benefited us greatly; they were our first teachers in planting their Indian corn, showing us how to choose the best seeds, pick the right time, keep proper spacing for holes, and the right measures for hills, how to worm it, weed it, prune it, and tend to it as needed.
These Indians be very hospitable, insomuch that when the English have trauelled forty, fifty, or threescore miles into the Countrey, they have entertained them into their houses, quartered them by themselves in the best roomes, providing the best victuals they could, expressing their welcome in as good termes as could be expected from their slender breeding; shewing more love than complement, not grumbling for a fortnights or three weekes tarrying; but rather caring to provide accommodation correspondent to their English custome. The doubtfull traveller hath oftentimes beene much beholding to them for their guidance thorow the unbeaten Wildernesse: my selfe in this particular can doe no lesse in the due acknowledgment of their love, than speake their commendations, who with two more of my associates bending our course to new Plimouth, lost our way, being deluded by a misleading path which we still followed, being as we thought too broad for an Indian path (which seldome is broader than a Cart's rutte) but that the dayly concourse of Indians from the Narragansets who traded for shooes, wearing them homewards had made this Indian tract like an English walke, and had rear'd up great stickes against the trees, and marked the rest with their hatchets in the English fashion, which begat in us a security of our wrong way to be right, when indeed there was nothing lesse: The day being gloomy and our compasses at home, we travelled hard till night to lesse purpose than if we had sat still, not gaining an inch of our journey for a dayes travell: but happily wee arrived at an Indian Wigwamme, where we were informed of our misprision, and invited to a homely lodging, feasted with the haunch of a fat Deere, and the ensuing morning the son of my naked hoast, for a peece of Tobacco, and a foure penny whittle, tooke the clew of his traveling experience, conducting us through the strange labyrinth of unbeaten bushy wayes in the woody wildernesse twentie miles to our desired harbour.
These Indians are very welcoming, so much so that when the English have traveled forty, fifty, or sixty miles into the country, they have hosted them in their homes, giving them their own space in the best rooms and providing the best food they could, showing their hospitality in the best way possible given their simple upbringing; demonstrating more genuine affection than mere formality, not complaining about a two- or three-week stay; instead, they try to offer accommodations similar to English customs. The uncertain traveler has often relied on them for guidance through the unmarked wilderness: I myself must acknowledge their kindness by praising them, as on one occasion, two of my companions and I headed towards new Plimouth, lost our way, misled by a confusing path we mistakenly thought was too wide for an Indian path (which is rarely wider than a cart rut). The constant movement of Indians from the Narragansets, who traded for shoes and wore them home, had made this Indian trail appear like an English walkway, and they had set up large sticks against the trees and marked the rest with their hatchets in an English style, which gave us a false sense of security about our wrong way being the right one, when in reality it was anything but. With the day being overcast and our compasses left at home, we traveled hard until night, making less progress than we would have if we had just stayed put, not gaining a single inch of our journey throughout the day. Fortunately, we arrived at an Indian Wigwam, where we learned of our mistake and were invited to a simple lodging, feasted on the haunch of a fat deer, and the next morning, the son of my generous host, for a piece of tobacco and a four-penny knife, took the lead with his travel experience, guiding us through the strange maze of unmarked bushy paths in the wooded wilderness for twenty miles to our desired destination.
A second demonstration of their love in this kind may appeare in a passage of the same nature. An unexperienced wood man ranging in the woods for Deere, traveled so farre beyond his knowledge, till he could not tell how to get out of the wood for trees, but the more he sought to direct himselfe out, the more he ranne himselfe in, from the home he most desired; the night came upon him preventing his walking, and the extremitie of cold seasing upon his right foote for want of warming motion, deprived him of the use thereof, so that he could not remoove farther than his snowie bed, but had there ended his dayes, had not sixe commiserating Indians, who heard of his wandering, found him out by diligent search, being almost dead with despaire and cold: but after they had conquered his despaire with the assurance of his safe conduction to his habitation, and expelled the cold by the infusion of strong waters which they brought for the same purpose; they framed a thing like a hand barrow and carryed this selfe-helpelesse person on their bare-shoulders twelve miles to his residence: many other wandring benighted coasters have beene kindly entertained into their habitations, where they have rested and reposed themselves more securely than if they had beene in some blind obscure old Englands Inne, being the next day directed in their right way: many lazie boyes that have runne away from their masters, have beene brought home by these ranging foresters, who are as well acquainted with the craggy mountaines, and the pleasant vales, the stately woods, and swampie groves, the spacious ponds, and swift running rivers, and can distinguish them by their names as perfectly, and finde them as presently, as the experienced Citizen knows how to finde out Cheape-side crosse, or London stone. Such is the wisedome and pollicie of these poore men, that they will be sure to keepe correspondence with our English Magistrates, expressing their love in the execution of any service they command them, so far as lyes in their power, as may appeare in this one particular. A certaine man having layd himselfe open to the Kings lawes, fearing attachment, conviction, and consequently execution: sequestred himselfe from the honest societie of his neighbours, betaking himselfe unto the obscure thickets of the wildernesse, where hee lived for a time undiscovered, till the Indians who leave no place unsearched for Deere, found out his haunt, and having taken notice by diverse discourses concerning him, how that it was the governers desire to know where he was; they thought it a part of their service to certifie him where he kept his rendevouze, who thereupon desired if they could to direct men to him for his attachment, but he had shifted his dwelling, and could not be found for the present, yet he was after seene by other Indians, but being double pistold, and well sworded, they feared to approach so neere him as to grapple with him: wherefore they let him alone till his owne necessary businesse cast him upon them; for having occasion to crosse a river, he came to the side thereof, where was an Indian Cannow, in which the Indians were to crosse the river themselves, hee vauntingly commanded wastage; which they willingly graunted, but withall plotting how they might take him prisoner, which they thus effected; having placed him in the midship of their ticklish wherrie, they lanched forth into the deepe, causing the capering Cannow to cast out her combersome ballast into the liquid water; which swomme like a stone, and now the water having dank't his pistoles, and lost his Spanish progge in the bottome, the Indians swomme him out by the chinne to the shore, where having dropt himselfe a little dry, he began to bluster out a storme of rebellious resistance, till they becalmed his pelting chafe with their pelting of pibles at him, afterward leading him as they list to the governour. These people be of a kinde and affable disposition, yet are they very warie with whom they strike hands in friendshippe: nothing is more hatefull to them than a churlish disposition, so likewise is dissimulation: he that speakes seldome, and opportunely, being as good as his word, is the onely man they love. The Spaniard they say is all one Aramouse (viz. all one as a dog) the Frenchman hath a good tongue, but a false heart: The English man all one speake, all one heart; wherefore they more approve of them than of any Nation: garrulitie is much condemned of them, for they utter not many words, speake seldome, and then with such gravitie as is pleasing to the eare: such as understand them not, desire yet to heare their emphaticall expressions, and lively action; such is the milde temper of their spirits that they cannot endure objurgations, or scoldings. An Indian Sagamore once hearing an English woman scold with her husband, her quicke utterance exceeding his apprehension, her active lungs thundering in his eares, expelled him the house; from whence he went to the next neighbour, where he related the unseemelinesse of her behaviour; her language being strange to him, hee expressed it as strangely, telling them how she cryed Nannana Nannana Nannana Nan, saying he was a great foole to give her the audience, and no correction for usurping his charter, and abusing him by her tongue. I have beene amongst diverse of them, yet did I never see any falling out amongst them, not so much as crosse words, or reviling speeches, which might provoke to blowes. And whereas it is the custome of many people in their games, if they see the dice runne crosse or their cards not answere their expectations: what cursing and swearing, what imprecations, and raylings, fightings and stabbings oftentimes proceede from their testy spleene. How doe their blustering passions, make the place troublesome to themselves and others? But I have knowne when foure of these milder spirits have sit downe staking their treasures, where they have plaied foure and twentie houres, neither eating drinking or sleeping in the Interim; nay which is most to be wondered at, not quarreling, but as they came thither in peace so they depart in peace: when he that had lost all his wampompeage, his house, his kettle, his beaver, his hatchet, his knife, yea all his little all, having nothing left but his naked selfe, was as merry as they that won it: so in sports of activitie at footeball though they play never so fiercely to outward appearance, yet anger-boyling blood never streames in their cooler veines, if any man be throwne he laughes out his foyle, there is no seeking of revenge, no quarreling, no bloody noses, scratched faces, blacke eyes, broken shinnes, no brused members, or crushed ribs, the lamentable effects of rage; but the goale being wonne, the goods on the one side lost; friends they were at the footeball, and friends they must meete at the kettle. I never heard yet of that Indian that was his neighbours homicide or vexation by his malepart, saucy, or uncivill tongue: laughter in them is not common, seldome exceeding a smile, never breaking out into such a lowd laughter, as doe many of our English. Of all things they love not to be laught at upon any occasion; if a man be in trade with them and the bargaine be almost strucke, if they perceive you laugh, they will scarce proceed, supposing you laugh because you have cheated them: the Crocodiles teares may sooner deceive them, than the Hienas smiles: although they be not much addicted to laughter, yet are they not of a dumpish sad nature, but rather naturally chearefull: As I never saw a gigling Democrite, so I never saw a teare dropping Heraclite; no disaster being so prevalent as to open the flood-gate of their eyes, saving the death of friends, for whom they lament most exceedingly.
A second example of their love shows up in a similar story. An inexperienced woodsman, searching for deer, wandered so far into the forest that he got lost and couldn’t find his way out. The more he tried to find his way back, the deeper he went into the woods, moving further away from the home he longed for. Night fell, preventing him from walking, and the extreme cold numbed his right foot, making it impossible for him to move beyond his snowy bed. He would have died there if not for six compassionate Indians who, hearing about his plight, found him through diligent searching, nearly dead from despair and cold. Once they assured him of their safe guidance back home and warmed him up with strong drinks they brought, they made a kind of handbarrow and carried this helpless man on their bare shoulders for twelve miles to his residence. Many other lost and stranded travelers have been warmly welcomed into their homes, where they rested more securely than if they had been in some dark, shabby inn in old England. The next day, the travelers received directions to get back on track. Many lazy boys who ran away from their masters have been brought home by these roaming foresters, who know the rocky mountains, the lovely valleys, the grand woods, and the swampy groves, as well as the large ponds and fast-running rivers, distinguishing them by name just as expertly as an experienced city dweller can find Cheapside Cross or London Stone. These poor men are so wise and clever that they make sure to maintain good relations with the English officials, showing their loyalty by fulfilling any task they are given to the best of their ability, which is evident in this particular case. A certain man, having put himself at risk of the King’s law and fearing arrest, conviction, and execution, secluded himself from his honest neighbors, retreating into the hidden thickets of the wilderness. He lived there undiscovered for a time until the Indians, who search everywhere for deer, located his hideout. Noticing through various conversations that the governor wanted to know where he was, they considered it part of their duty to inform him of the man’s whereabouts. The governor, hoping to send men to arrest him, learned that the man had changed his hiding place and couldn’t be found at the moment. Later, he was spotted by other Indians but, being armed and well-prepared, they feared getting close enough to confront him. So, they left him alone until their own circumstances brought him to them. One day, when he needed to cross a river, he found an Indian canoe there, which the Indians were about to use to get to the other side. He arrogantly commanded them to let him use it. They agreed but secretly plotted how to capture him. They placed him in the middle of their small, unsteady boat and set off into the deep water, causing the canoe to throw out its heavy ballast into the water. His guns got soaked, and he lost his Spanish goods in the bottom of the river. The Indians then dragged him out by the chin to the shore, where, once he dried a bit, he began to make a storm of rebellious resistance until they calmed his angry outburst by throwing small stones at him, then led him off to the governor as they pleased. These people are kind and friendly, yet they are very cautious about who they become friends with. Nothing is more detestable to them than a rude attitude, and they also dislike deception; the person who speaks seldom and wisely, keeping his word, is the only type they appreciate. They say that the Spaniard is just like a dog, the Frenchman has a sweet tongue but a deceitful heart, while the Englishman speaks plainly and has a true heart; that’s why they like the English more than any other nation. They strongly dislike excessive chatter; they don’t speak much and when they do, it’s with a seriousness that is pleasing to the ear. Those who do not understand them still want to hear their meaningful expressions and lively gestures. Their nature is so gentle that they cannot stand harsh words or scoldings. An Indian chief once heard an English woman scolding her husband, her fast speech exceeding his understanding, the loudness of her voice deafening him. He left her house and went to a neighbor, where he shared how inappropriate her behavior was. Not understanding her language, he described it in a strange way, saying she cried “Nannana Nannana Nannana Nan,” and called her husband a great fool for listening to her without correcting her for overstepping his boundaries and abusing him with her words. I have been among several of them, yet I have never seen them argue, not even with harsh words or insults that might provoke fights. While many people often curse, swear, and get into fights when they lose in games, these individuals are different. I have seen four of these calm people sit down to play for over twenty hours, staked their belongings, and not eaten, drunk, or slept during that time; what’s more astonishing is that they didn’t quarrel. They came in peace and left in peace; the one who lost everything—his wampum, his house, his kettle, his beaver, his hatchet, his knife—having nothing left but his bare self, was just as cheerful as those who won. Even in competitive sports like football, though they play fiercely, their blood doesn’t boil with anger. If someone falls, he just laughs off his defeat—there’s no seeking revenge, no fighting, no bloody noses, scratched faces, black eyes, broken shins, bruises, or crushed ribs, the sad results of rage. Instead, when the game is won, and one side loses their possessions, they remain friends on the field and friends again when they come together to cook. I have yet to hear of an Indian causing trouble or strife with his neighbor through rudeness or disrespectful words. Laughter isn’t common among them; they rarely exceed a smile, let alone burst out in loud laughter like many of the English do. Above all, they dislike being laughed at on any occasion. If someone is negotiating with them and the deal is almost finalized, if they notice you laughing, they’ll often hesitate to continue, thinking you’re laughing because you’ve tricked them. Tears from a crocodile would deceive them more easily than a smile from a hyena. Though they don’t tend to laugh much, they aren’t gloomy by nature; instead, they are naturally cheerful. Just as I’ve never seen a giggling Democritus, I’ve never encountered a tearful Heraclitus; no disaster is so severe as to make them cry, except for the death of friends, and for them, they mourn profoundly.
Chap. 8.
For their hardinesse it may procure admiration, no ordinary paines making them so much as alter their countenance; beate them, whip them, pinch them, punch them, if they resolve not to whinch for it, they will not; whether it be their benummed insensiblenesse of smart, or their hardie resolutions, I cannot tell; It might be, a Perillus his Bull, or the disjoynting racke might force a roare from them, but a Turkish drubbing would not much molest them, and although they be naturally much affraid of death, yet the unexpected approach of a mortall wound by a Bullet, Arrow, or Sword, strikes no more terrour, causes no more exclamation, no more complaint, or whinching, than if it had beene a shot into the body of a tree: such wounds as would be suddaine death to an English man, would be nothing to them. Some of them having beene shot in at the mouth, and out under the eare, some shot in the breast, some runne thorough the flankes with Darts, and other many desperate wounds which eyther by their rare skill in the use of vegitatives, or diabolicall charmes they cure in short time. Although their hardinesse beare them out in such things wherein they are sure death will not ensue, yet can it not expell the feare of death, the very name and thoughts of it is so hideous to them, or any thing that presents it, or threatens it, so terrible; insomuch that a hundred of them will runne from two or three Guns, though they know they can but dispatch two or three at a discharge, yet every man fearing it may be his lot to meete with his last, will not come neare that in good earnest, which he dare play withall in jest. To make this good by a passage of Experience. Three men having occasion of trade amongst the Westerne Indians, went up with some such commodities as they thought most fit for trade; to secure their person they tooke a Carbine, two Pistoles and a sword, which in outward shew was not great resistance to a hundred well skilled bow men: The Indians hearing their gunnes making a thundring noyse, desired to finger one of them, & see it discharged into a tree, wondring much at the percussion of the bullet; but they abiding two or three dayes, the gunnes were forgotten, and they began to looke at the oddes being a hundred to three, whereupon they were animated to worke treason against the lives of these men, and to take away their goods from them by force; but one of the English understanding their language, smelt out their treachery, and being more fully informed of their intent by the Indian women, who had more pitty, hee steps to their King, and hailing him by the long haire from the rest of his councell, commanded him either to goe before him and guide him home, or else he would there kill him. The Sagamore seeing him so rough, had not the courage to resist him, but went with him two miles; but being exasperated by his men who followed him along, to resist, and goe no further; in the end hee would not, neither for faire promises nor fierce threatnings, so that they were constrained there to kill him, which struck such an amazement and daunting into the rest of that naked crew, with the sight of the guns, that though they might easily have killed them, yet had they not the power to shoot an arrow, but followed them, yelling and howling for the death of their King forty miles; his goods being left among them, he sent word by other Indians, that unlesse they sent him his goods againe, which hee there left, hee would serve them as hee served their King, whereupon they returned him his commodities, with intreaty of peace, and promises of fairer trade if he came again. If these heartlesse Indians were so cowed with so slender an onset on their owne dunghill, when there were scarce six families of ours in the Countrie, what need wee now feare them being growne into thousands, and having knowledge of martiall discipline? In the night they neede not to be feared, for they will not budge from their owne dwellings for feare of their Abamacho (the Devill) whom they much feare, specially in evill enterprizes, they will rather lye by an English fire than goe a quarter of a mile in the darke to their owne dwellings: but they are well freed from this scarecrow since the comming of the English, and lesse care for his delusions; and whereas it hath beene reported, that there are such horrible apparitions, fearefull roarings, thundering and lightning raised by the Devill, to discourage the English in their settling, I for mine owne part never saw or heard of any of these things in the Countrie: nor have I heard of any Indians that have lately beene put in feare, saving two or three, and they worse scar'd than hurt, who seeing a Black-more in the top of a tree, looking out for his way which he had lost, surmised he was Abamacho or the Devill, deeming all Devils that are blacker than themselves; and being neare to the plantation, they posted to the English, intreated their aide to conjure this Devill to his owne place, who finding him to be a poore wandring Black-more, conducted him to his Master.
For their toughness, they might earn admiration; no ordinary pain makes them so much as flinch. Beat them, whip them, pinch them, punch them—if they decide not to wince, they won’t. Whether it’s due to their complete numbness to pain or their strong resolve, I can’t say. Maybe a Perillus Bull or the dislocating rack could make them roar, but a Turkish beating wouldn’t bother them much. Although they are naturally very afraid of death, the sudden arrival of a fatal wound from a bullet, arrow, or sword strikes no more terror, causes no more outcry, no more complaint or wince than if it were a shot into a tree. Wounds that would mean sudden death for an Englishman mean nothing to them. Some have been shot in the mouth and out under the ear, some in the chest, and others pierced through the sides with darts, yet they recover from many severe wounds either through their unique knowledge of herbs or by using magical charms in no time. While their toughness helps them face these situations where they’re certain death won’t follow, it doesn’t erase their fear of death; the very name and thoughts of it are so horrifying to them, or anything that suggests or threatens it is so terrifying, that a hundred of them will run from just two or three gunshots. They know those shots can only kill two or three at a time, but each man fearing it might be his turn to meet his end won’t get close to something serious that he might play with in jest. This can be illustrated with a real experience. Three men needing to trade with the Western Indians went up with goods they thought were best for trade; to safeguard themselves, they took a carbine, two pistols, and a sword, which didn’t seem like much defense against a hundred skilled bowmen. When the Indians heard their guns making a thunderous noise, they wanted to handle one and see it fired into a tree, greatly amazed by the sound of the bullet. But after staying there for two or three days, they forgot about the guns and started to realize the odds were a hundred against three. This encouraged them to plot against the lives of these men and seize their goods by force. However, one of the Englishmen understood their language, caught on to their treachery, and learned more about their plans from the Indian women, who were more sympathetic. He approached their king, pulled him by the long hair away from his council, and demanded he either lead him home or he would kill him right there. The Sagamore, seeing him so aggressive, didn’t have the courage to resist but went along with him for two miles. But as his men followed, urging him to resist and not go any further, in the end, he wouldn’t—neither sweet promises nor fierce threats could persuade him, and they were then forced to kill him. This struck such fear into the rest of that naked crew, seeing the guns, that even though they could have easily killed them, they couldn’t draw an arrow but followed them, yelling and howling for the death of their king for forty miles. Once the goods were left behind, their king sent word through other Indians that unless they returned what he had left, he would treat them as he had treated their king. They then returned his items with requests for peace and promises of better trade if he returned. If these spineless Indians were so intimidated by such a slight confrontation on their own home ground, when there were hardly six of our families in the country, what do we have to fear now that they’ve grown to thousands and learned military discipline? At night, they need not be feared, for they won't stray from their own homes out of fear of their Abamacho (the Devil), whom they dread, particularly in bad ventures. They would rather lie near an English fire than travel a quarter of a mile in the dark to their own homes. But they have little fear of this scarecrow since the arrival of the English and care less for his tricks. And while it has been said that there are horrible apparitions, terrifying roars, and thunder and lightning created by the Devil to discourage the English from settling, I for one have never seen or heard any of these things in the country. Nor have I heard of any Indians who have recently been frightened, except for two or three, who were more scared than hurt. They saw a Black man in a tree, looking out for a way he had lost, and assumed he was Abamacho or the Devil, thinking all devils are darker than they are. Being close to the settlement, they rushed to the English, asking for help to chase this Devil away, and when they found him to be just a wandering Black man, they took him to his master.
Chap. 9.
These Indians being strangers to Arts and Sciences, and being unacquainted with the inventions that are common to a civilized people, are ravisht with admiration at the first view of any such sight: They tooke the first Ship they saw for a walking Iland, the Mast to be a Tree, the Saile white Clouds, and the discharging of Ordinance for Lightning and Thunder, which did much trouble them, but this thunder being over, and this moving Iland stedied with an Anchor, they manned out their cannowes to goe and picke strawberries there, but being saluted by the way with a broad side, they cried out, what much hoggery, so bigge walke, and so bigge speake, and by and by kill; which caused them to turne back, not daring to approach till they were sent for. They doe much extoll and wonder at the English for their strange Inventions, especially for a Wind-mill, which in their esteeme was little lesse than the worlds wonder, for the strangenesse of his whisking motion, and the sharpe teeth biting the corne (as they terme it) into such small peeces; they were loath at the first to come neere to his long armes, or to abide in so tottering a tabernacle, though now they dare goe any where so farre as they have an English guide. The first plow-man was counted little better than a luggler: the Indians seeing the plow teare up more ground in a day, than their Clamme shels could scrape up in a month, desired to see the workemanship of it, and viewing well the coulter and share, perceiving it to be iron, told the plow-man, hee was almost Abamocho, almost as cunning as the Devill; but the fresh supplies of new and strange objects hath lessen'd their admiration, and quickned their inventions, and desire of practising such things as they see, wherein they expresse no small ingenuitie, and dexterity of wit, being neither furthered by art, or long experience. It is thought they would soon learne any mechanicall trades, having quicke wits, understanding apprehensions, strong memories, with nimble inventions, and a quicke hand in using of the Axe or Hatchet, or such like tooles: much good might they receive from the English, and much might they benefit themselves, if they were not strongly fettered in the chaines of idlenesse; so as that they had rather starve than worke, following no employments, saving such as are sweetned with more pleasures and profit than paines or care, and this is indeede one of the greatest accusations that can be laid against them, which lies but upon the men, (the women being very industrious) but it may be hoped that good example, and good instructions may bring them to a more industrious and provident course of life. For already, as they have learned much subtiltie & cunning by bargaining with the English, so have they a little degenerated from some of their lazie customes, and shew themselves more industrious. In a word, to set them out in their best colours, they be wise in their carriage, subtle in their dealings, true in their promise, honest in defraying of their debts, though poverty constraine them to be something long before; some having died in the English debt, have left Beaver by order of Will for their satisfaction: They be constant in friendship, merrily conceited in discourse, not luxuriously abounding in youth, nor dotingly froward in old age, many of them being much civilized since the English Colonies were planted, though but little edified in Religion: They frequent often the English Churches, where they will sit soberly, though they understand not such hidden mysteries. They doe easily beleeve some of the History of the Bible, as the creation of the World, the making of man, with his fall: but come to tell them of a Saviour, with all the passages of the Gospell, and it exceeds so farre their Indian beleefe, that they will cry out (Pocatnie) id est, is it possible? yet such is their conviction of the right way, that when some English have come to their houses, victuals being offered them, forgetting to crave Gods blessing upon the creatures received, they have beene reproved by these, which formerly never knew what calling upon God meant: thus farre for their naturall disposition and qualities.
These Indians, unfamiliar with the arts and sciences and unaware of the inventions typical of civilized people, were overwhelmed with awe at the first sight of anything like that. They thought the first ship they saw was a moving island, seeing the mast as a tree, the sail as white clouds, and the cannon fire as lightning and thunder, which startled them. But once the thunder passed and the moving island was secured with an anchor, they launched their canoes to pick strawberries. However, when they were greeted along the way with a broadside, they exclaimed, "What a huge creature moves so grandly and speaks so loudly, and then kills!" This made them turn back, afraid to approach until they were invited. They praised and marveled at the English for their strange inventions, especially the windmill, which they considered nearly a wonder of the world because of its unusual whirling motion and the sharp blades chopping the grain (as they referred to it) into tiny pieces. Initially, they were reluctant to come near its long arms or stay in such a shaky structure, but now they are willing to go anywhere as long as they have an English guide. The first plowman was viewed as little better than a laborer; the Indians saw the plow breaking up more land in a day than they could with clam shells in a month, prompting them to ask to see how it was made. Observing the coulter and share and noticing that it was made of iron, they told the plowman that he was almost Abamocho, almost as clever as the Devil. However, the continuous influx of new and strange objects has reduced their awe and sparked their creativity and desire to try the things they see, where they display significant ingenuity and skill despite lacking formal training or long experience. It is believed they would quickly learn any mechanical trades since they have sharp minds, quick understanding, strong memories, nimble imaginations, and adept hands when using an axe or hatchet or similar tools. They could gain a lot from the English, and they could help themselves, if they weren't so heavily weighed down by laziness; they would rather starve than work, engaging only in activities that offer more pleasure and profit than effort or worry. This is indeed one of the biggest criticisms against them, which applies mainly to the men (the women are quite industrious). However, it may be hoped that good examples and teachings may lead them to a more diligent and responsible way of life. Already, as they have learned much cunning and cleverness from trading with the English, they have begun to move away from some of their lazy habits and show greater industriousness. In short, to portray them in the best light, they are wise in their behavior, clever in their dealings, trustworthy in their promises, and honest in settling their debts, even though poverty sometimes causes delays; some who have died in debt to the English have left beaver pelts in their wills for repayment. They are loyal friends, cheerful in conversation, neither overly indulgent in youth nor stubborn as they age, with many having become quite civilized since the English colonies were established, though they remain little taught in religion. They often attend English churches, where they sit quietly even though they don't understand the hidden mysteries. They can easily believe parts of the Bible's history, like the creation of the world and the making of man, as well as his fall. But when it comes to discussing a Savior and the details of the Gospel, it stretches their Indian beliefs so far that they exclaim, (Pocatnie) id est, is it possible? Yet their conviction of the right path is so strong that when some English have visited their homes and food was offered, forgetting to ask God's blessing before eating, they've been corrected by those who previously had no idea what calling on God meant. This is what can be said about their natural disposition and qualities.
Chap. 10.
Now for the matter of government amongst them: It is the custome for their Kings to inherite, the sonne always taking the Kingdome after his fathers death. If there be no sonne, then the Queene rules; if no Queene, the next to the blood-royall; who comes in otherwise, is but counted an usurping intruder, and if his faire carriage beare him not out the better, they will soone unscepter him.
Now let's talk about how their government works: It's customary for their kings to inherit the throne, with the son always taking over after his father's death. If there's no son, then the queen takes charge; if there’s no queen, the next in line from the royal bloodline assumes power. Anyone else who tries to take control is seen as an illegitimate usurper, and if they don't manage to win people's favor, they'll quickly lose their crown.
The Kings have no Lawes to command by, nor have they any annuall revenewes; yet commonly are they so either feared or beloved, that halfe their Subjects estate is at their Service, and their persons at his command; by which command he is better knowne than by any thing else. For though hee hath no Kingly Robes, to make him glorious in the view of his Subjects, nor dayly Guardes to secure his person, or Court-like attendance, nor sumptuous Pallaces; yet doe they yeeld all submissive subjection to him, accounting him their Soveraigne; going at his command, and comming at his becke, not so much as expostulating the cause, though it be in matters thwarting their wills; he being accounted a disloyall subject that will not effect what his Prince commands. Whosoever is knowne to plot Treason, or to lay violent hands on his lawfull King, is presently executed. Once a yeare he takes his progresse, accompanied with a dozen of his best Subjects to view his Countrey, to recreate himselfe, and establish good order. When he enters into any of their houses, without any more complement, he is desired to sit downe on the ground; (for they use neither stooles nor cushions) and after a little respite, all that be present, come in, and sit downe by him, one of his Seniors pronouncing an Oration gratulatory to his Majesty for his love; and the many good things they enjoy under his peacefull government. A King of large Dominions hath his Viceroyes, or inferiour Kings under him, to agitate his State-affaires, and keepe his Subjects in good decorum. Other Officers there be, but how to distinguish them by name is some-thing difficult: For their Lawes, as their evill courses come short of many other Nations, so they have not so many Lawes, though they be not without some, which they inflict upon notorious malefactors, as Traytors to their Prince, inhumane murtherers, and some say for adultery; but I cannot warrant it for a truth. For theft, as they have nothing to steale worth the life of a man, therefore they have no law to execute for trivialls; a Subject being precious in the eye of his Prince, where men are so scarce. A malefactor having deserved death, being apprehended, is brought before the King, and some other of the wisest men where they enquire out the originall of a thing; after proceeding by aggravation of circumstances, he is found guilty, and being cast by the Iury of their strict inquisition, he is condemned, and executed on this manner: The Executioner comes in, who blind-folds the party, sets him in the publike view, and braines him with a Tamahauke or Club; which done, his friends bury him. Other meanes to restraine abuses they have none, saving admonition or reproofe; no whippings, no Prisons, Stockes, Bilbowes, or the like.
The kings have no laws to rule by, nor do they have any regular income; yet they are often so feared or loved that half their subjects' resources are at their service, and their lives are at his command. Through this authority, he is better known than by anything else. Even though he doesn’t wear royal robes to impress his subjects, has no daily guards to protect him, or court-like attendants, and lacks extravagant palaces, they still show him complete submission, considering him their sovereign. They obey his commands and come at his beckoning, rarely questioning the reasons, even when it goes against their wishes; anyone who doesn’t follow what the prince commands is seen as a disloyal subject. Anyone known to plot treason or harm their legitimate king is swiftly executed. Once a year, he travels around his territory, joined by a dozen of his best subjects, to explore the land, have some recreation, and establish order. When he enters any of their homes, without further formalities, he’s invited to sit on the ground (since they use neither stools nor cushions), and after a brief rest, everyone present joins him, with one of the elders giving a speech congratulating him for his kindness and all the good things they enjoy under his peaceful rule. A king with vast territories has his viceroys or subordinate kings to handle state affairs and keep his subjects in good behavior. There are other officers, but naming them can be somewhat difficult. Their laws, like their shortcomings, fall short compared to many other nations, so they don’t have many laws, though they do have some, which they impose on notorious criminals like traitors to their king, brutal murderers, and some say for adultery; but I can’t confirm that as truth. As for theft, since there’s nothing worth stealing that justifies a man's life, they have no laws to punish minor offenses; a subject is precious in the eyes of his prince, especially in a place where people are scarce. A criminal deserving death, once caught, is brought before the king and some of the wisest men to investigate the case’s background; after looking into the circumstances, he is found guilty. Once the jury, following their strict inquiry, convicts him, he is executed in this manner: the executioner comes in, blindfolds him, places him in public view, and kills him with a tamahauke or club. Afterward, his friends bury him. They have no other means to prevent wrongdoing, except for warnings or reprimands; no whippings, no prisons, stocks, or similar punishments.
Chap. 11.
Now to speake something of their Marriages, the Kings or great Powwowes, alias Conjurers, may have two or three Wives, but seldome use it. Men of ordinary Ranke, having but one; which disproves the report, that they had eight or tenne Wives apeece. When a man hath a desire to Marry, he first gets the good-will of the Maide or Widdow, after, the consent of her friends for her part; and for himselfe, if he be at his owne disposing, if the King will, the match is made, her Dowry of Wampompeage payd, the King joynes their hands with their hearts, never to part till death, unlesse Shee prove a Whore; for which they may, and some have put away their Wives, as may appeare by a story. There was one Abamoch married a Wife, whom a long time he intirely loved above her deservings, for that shee often in his absence entertained strangers, of which hee was oftentimes informed by his neighbours, but hee harbouring no sparke of jealousie, beleeved not their false informations (as he deemed them) being in a manner angry they should slander his Wife, of whose constancy hee was so strongly conceited: A long time did her whorish gloazing and Syren-like tongue, with her subtle carriage, establish her in her Husbands favour, till fresh complaints caused him to cast about, how to finde out the truth, and to prove his friends lyars, and his Wife honest, or her a Whore, and his friends true: whereupon hee pretended a long journey to visite his friends, providing all accoutraments for a fortnights journey; telling his Wife it would be so long before she could expect his returne, who outwardly sorrowed for his departure, but inwardly rejoyced, that she should enjoy the society of her old Lemman; whom she sent for with expedition, not suspecting her Husbands plot, who lay not many miles off in the Woods; who after their dishonest revelings, when they were in their midnight sleepe, approaches the Wiggwamme, enters the doore, which was neither barred nor lockt; makes a light to discover what hee little suspected; but finding his friends words to bee true, hee takes a good bastinado in his hand brought for the same purpose, dragging him by the haire from his usurped bed, so lamentably beating him, that his battered bones and bruised flesh made him a fitter subject for some skilfull Surgeon, than the lovely obiect of a lustfull strumpet; which done, hee put away his wife, exposing her to the curtesie of strangers for her maintenance, that so curtesan-like had entertained a stranger into her bosome.
Now to talk about their marriages, the kings or great Powwowes, also known as conjurers, can have two or three wives, but they rarely do. Average men usually have just one, which disproves the claim that they each have eight or ten wives. When a man wants to marry, he first wins the affection of the girl or widow and then gets the consent of her friends. If he can decide for himself and if the king approves, the match is made, her dowry of wampum is paid, and the king joins their hands and hearts, ensuring they stay together until death, unless she proves unfaithful; for that, they can, and some do, send their wives away, as shown in a story. There was one man named Abamoch who married a wife he loved deeply, even though she often entertained strangers in his absence, which he frequently heard about from neighbors. He, having no hint of jealousy, dismissed their false claims (as he thought them) and was even somewhat angry that they would slander his wife, of whose fidelity he was so certain. For a long time, her seductive charm and sweet talk, along with her cunning behavior, kept her in her husband's favor until new complaints pushed him to figure out the truth—whether his friends were lying or if his wife was unfaithful. Therefore, he pretended to go on a long journey to visit friends, preparing for a two-week trip and telling his wife she wouldn't see him for that long. She outwardly mourned his departure but privately felt joy at having her old lover to herself. She quickly summoned him, not suspecting her husband's plan, who was hiding not far away in the woods. After their dishonest revelry, as they slept soundly at midnight, he approached the wigwam, entered through a door that was neither barred nor locked, and lit a light to uncover what he had never suspected. Finding his friends were right, he took a sturdy stick he had brought for this purpose and dragged the man by the hair from his stolen bed, beating him so severely that broken bones and bruises made him more suitable for a skilled surgeon than the object of a lustful woman. After that, he sent away his wife, leaving her to the mercy of strangers for her support, as she had shamefully entertained a stranger in her bed.
Chap. 12.
Now of their worships: As it is naturall to all mortals to worship something, so doe these people, but exactly to describe to whom their worship is chiefly bent, is very difficult; they acknowledge especially two, Ketan who is their good God, to whom they sacrifice (as the ancient Heathen did to Ceres) after their garners bee full with a good croppe: upon this God likewise they invocate for faire weather, for raine in time of drought, and for the recovery of their sick; but if they doe not heare them, then they verifie the old verse, Flectere si nequeo Superos, Acharonta movebo, their Pow-wows betaking themselves to their exorcismes and necromanticke charmes, by which they bring to passe strange things, if wee may beleeve the Indians, who report of one Pissacannawa, that hee can make the water burne, the rocks move, the trees dance, metamorphize himselfe into a flaming man. But it may be objected, this is but deceptio visus. Hee will therefore doe more, for in Winter, when there is no greene leaves to be got, he will burne an old one to ashes, and putting those into the water, produce a new greene leafe, which you shall not onely see, but substantially handle and carrie away; and make of a dead snakes skinne a living snake, both to be seene, felt, and heard; this I write but upon the report of the Indians, who confidently affirme stranger things. But to make manifest, that by Gods permission, thorough the Devils helpe, their charmes are of force to produce effects of wonderment; An honest Gentle-man related a storie to mee, being an eye-witness of the same: A Pow-wow having a patient with the stumpe of some small tree runne thorough his foote, being past the cure of his ordinary Surgery, betooke himselfe to his charmes, and being willing to shew his miracle before the English stranger, hee wrapt a piece of cloth about the foote of the lame man; upon that wrapping a Beaver skinne, through which hee laying his mouth to the Beaver skinne, by his sucking charmes he brought out the stumpe, which he spat into a tray of water, returning the foote as whole as its fellow in a short time. The manner of their action in their conjuration is thus: The parties that are sick or lame being brought before them, the Pow-wow sitting downe, the rest of the Indians giving attentive audience to his imprecations and invocations, and after the violent expression of many a hideous bellowing and groaning, he makes a stop, and then all the auditors with one voice utter a short Canto; which done, the Pow-wow still proceeds in his invocations, sometimes roaring like a Beare, other times groaning like a dying horse, foaming at the mouth like a chased bore, smiting on his naked brest and thighs with such violence, as if he were madde. Thus will hee continue sometimes halfe a day, spending his lungs, sweating out his fat, and tormenting his body in this diabolicall worship; sometimes the Devill for requitall of their worship, recovers the partie, to nuzzle them up in their divellish Religion. In former time hee was wont to carrie away their wives and children, because hee would drive them to these Martens, to fetch them again to confirme their beliefe of this his much desired authoritie over them: but since the English frequented those parts, they daily fall from his colours, relinquishing their former fopperies, and acknowledge our God to be supreame. They acknowledge the power of the English-mans God, as they call, him, because they could never yet have power by their conjurations to damnifie the English either in body or goods; and besides, they say hee is a good God that sends them so many good things, so much good corne, so many cattell, temperate raines, faire seasons, which they likewise are the better for since the arrivall of the English; the times and seasons being much altered in seaven or eight yeares, freer from lightning and thunder, long droughts, suddaine and tempestuous dashes of raine, and lamentable cold Winters.
Now about their gods: Just as it's natural for all people to worship something, these folks do too, but it's quite challenging to pinpoint exactly who they primarily worship. They especially recognize two, Ketan, who is their good God, to whom they sacrifice (like the ancient pagans did to Ceres) once their granaries are filled with a good harvest. They also call upon this God for fair weather, rain during droughts, and healing for their sick. But if they don’t get a response, they live out the old saying, Flectere si nequeo Superos, Acharonta movebo; their shamans resort to their exorcisms and magic spells, which they say can bring about remarkable things, if we are to believe the Indians. They say that one Pissacannawa can make water burn, rocks move, and trees dance, transforming himself into a man of flames. But one might argue that this is just deceptio visus. He can do even more; in winter, when there are no green leaves available, he burns an old one to ashes and puts those into the water to create a new green leaf, which not only can be seen but also handled and taken away. He can turn a dead snake's skin into a living snake, all of which can be seen, felt, and heard. I only write this based on reports from the Indians, who confidently claim stranger things. But to show that, by God's permission and through the help of the Devil, their spells can produce astonishing effects; a respectable gentleman recounted a story to me as an eyewitness: A shaman had a patient with a small tree stump jammed in his foot, which was beyond the help of normal surgery. The shaman turned to his charms, eager to perform a miracle in front of the English stranger. He wrapped a cloth around the foot of the injured man; on that, he placed a beaver skin, then, laying his mouth against the beaver skin, he performed his sucking charms and pulled out the stump, which he spat into a tray of water. In a short time, he returned the foot completely whole, just like the other one. Their ritual goes like this: the sick or lame individuals are brought before them, and the shaman sits down while the other Indians pay close attention to his curses and prayers. After a fierce display of hideous howling and groaning, he takes a break, and then all the listeners, in unison, chant a short Canto. After that, the shaman continues his invocations, sometimes roaring like a bear, other times groaning like a dying horse, foaming at the mouth like a chased boar, striking his bare chest and thighs with such force that it seems he's gone mad. He might carry on like this for half a day, exhausting himself, sweating, and tormenting his body in this demonic worship; sometimes, the Devil, in return for their devotion, heals the person, keeping them tied to their wicked religion. In the past, he used to abduct their wives and children, to drive them to seek these false gods, confirming his desired authority over them. But since the English started coming around, they are gradually abandoning their old beliefs, recognizing our God as supreme. They acknowledge the power of the English man’s God, as they call Him, since they have never been able to use their spells to harm the English in body or possessions; besides, they claim He is a good God who sends them many blessings, including a good harvest, livestock, moderate rains, and favorable seasons, which have all improved since the arrival of the English. The times and seasons have greatly changed in the past seven or eight years, becoming less prone to lightning and thunder, long droughts, sudden and violent rainstorms, and miserable cold winters.
Chapter 13.
Of their Warres: Their old souldiers being swept away by the Plague, which was very rife amongst them about 14 yeares agoe, and resting themselves secure under the English protection, they doe not now practice any thing in martiall feates worth observation, saving that they make themselves Forts to flie into, if the enemies should unexpectedly assaile them. These Forts some be fortie or fiftie foote square, erected of young timber trees, ten or twelve foote high, rammed into the ground, with undermining within, the earth being cast up for their shelter against the dischargements of their enemies, having loope-holes to send out their winged messingers, which often deliver their sharpe and bloody embassies in the tawnie sides of their naked assailants, who wanting butting Rammes and battering Ordinances to command at distance, lose their lives by their too neare approachments. These use no other weapons in warre than bowes and arrowes, saving that their Captaines have long speares, on which if they returne conquerours they carrie the heads of their chiefe enemies that they slay in the wars: it being the custome to cut off their heads, hands, and feete, to beare home to their wives and children, as true tokens of their renowned victorie. When they goe to their warres, it is their custome to paint their faces with diversitie of colours, some being all black as jet, some red, some halfe red and halfe blacke, some blacke and white, others spotted with divers kinds of colours, being all disguised to their enemies, to make them more terrible to their foes, putting on likewise their rich Iewels, pendents and Wampompeage, to put them in minde they fight not onely for their Children, Wives, and lives, but likewise for their goods, lands and liberties; Being thus armed with this warlike paint, the antique warriers make towards their enemies in a disordered manner, without any souldier like marching or warlike postures, being deafe to any word of command, ignorant of falling off, or falling on, of doubling rankes or files, but let fly their winged shaftments without eyther feare or wit; their Artillery being spent, he that hath no armes to fight, findes legges to run away.
Of their wars: Their old soldiers were wiped out by the plague, which was widespread about 14 years ago, and feeling secure under the *English* protection, they no longer practice any notable martial skills. Instead, they build forts to retreat to if enemies suddenly attack. These forts are sometimes forty or fifty feet square, made of young timber, ten or twelve feet high, driven into the ground, with tunnels inside. The earth is pushed up for shelter against enemy fire, and they have loopholes to shoot their arrows from, which frequently deliver sharp and bloody messages into the sides of their unarmed attackers, who, without battering rams or artillery to strike from a distance, risk their lives by getting too close. They only use bows and arrows in battle, except for their captains who have long spears. If they return victorious, they carry the heads of their chief enemies they killed in battle, as it’s customary to cut off heads, hands, and feet to bring back to their wives and children as tokens of their celebrated victory. When going to war, they paint their faces in various colors; some are jet black, some red, some half red and half black, some black and white, and others spotted with different colors, all disguises to intimidate their enemies. They also wear their ornate jewelry and wampum to remind themselves that they are fighting not only for their children, wives, and lives but also for their possessions, land, and freedom. Armed with this war paint, the ancient warriors approach their enemies chaotically, without any soldier-like marching or military formations, ignoring commands, and unaware of tactics like falling back or advancing, yet they fire their arrows with neither fear nor thought; once their ammunition is gone, those without weapons find the legs to flee.
Chap. 14.
Bvt to leave their warres, and to speake of their games in which they are more delighted and better experienced, spending halfe their dayes in gaming and lazing. They have two sorts of games, one called Puim, the other Hubbub, not much unlike Cards and Dice, being no other than Lotterie. Puim is 50. or 60. small Bents of a foote long which they divide to the number of their gamesters, shuffling them first betweene the palmes of their hands; he that hath more than his fellow is so much the forwarder in his game: many other strange whimseyes be in this game; which would be too long to commit to paper; hee that is a noted gamster, hath a great hole in his eare wherein hee carries his Puims in defiance of his antagonists. Hubbub is five small Bones in a small smooth Tray, the bones bee like a Die, but something flatter, blacke on the one side and white on the other, which they place on the ground, against which violently thumping the platter, the bones mount changing colours with the windy whisking of their hands too and fro; which action in that sport they much use, smiting themselves on the breast, and thighs, crying out, Hub, Hub, Hub; they may be heard play at this game a quarter of a mile off. The bones being all blacke or white, make a double game; if three be of a colour and two of another, then they affoard but a single game; foure of a colour and one differing is nothing; so long as a man winns, he keepes the Tray: but if he loose, the next man takes it. They are so bewitched with these two games, that they will loose sometimes all they have, Beaver, Moose-skinnes, Kettles, Wampompeage, Mowhackies, Hatchets, Knives, all is confiscate by these two games. For their sports of activitie they have commonly but three or foure; as footeball, shooting, running and swimming: when they play country against country, there are rich Goales, all behung with Wampompeage, Mowhackies, Beaver skins, and blacke Otter skinnes. It would exceede the beleefe of many to relate the worth of one Goale, wherefore it shall be namelesse. Their Goales be a mile long placed on the sands, which are as even as a board; their ball is no bigger than a hand-ball, which sometimes they mount in the Aire with their naked feete, sometimes it is swayed by the multitude; sometimes also it is two dayes before they get a Goale, then they marke the ground they winne, and beginne there the next day. Before they come to this sport, they paint themselves, even as when they goe to warre, in pollicie to prevent future mischiefe, because no man should know him that moved his patience or accidentally hurt his person, taking away the occasion of studying revenge. Before they begin their armes be disordered, and hung upon some neighbouring tree, after which they make a long scrowle on the sand, over which they shake loving hands, and with laughing hearts scuffle for victorie. While the men play the boyes pipe, and the women dance and sing trophies of their husbands conquests; all being done a feast summons their departure. It is most delight to see them play, in smaller companies, when men may view their swift footemanship, their curious tossings of their Ball, their flouncing into the water, their lubberlike wrestling, having no cunning at all in that kind, one English being able to beate ten Indians at footeball. For their shooting they be most desperate marksmen for a point blancke object, and if it may bee possible Cornicum oculos configere they will doe it: such is their celerity and dexterity in Artillerie, that they can smite the swift running Hinde and nimble winged Pigeon without a standing pause or left eyed blinking; they draw their Arrowes between the fore fingers and the thumbe; their bowes be quicke, but not very strong, not killing above six or seaven score. These men shoot at one another, but with swift conveighance shunne the Arrow; this they doe to make them expert against time of warre. It hath beene often admired how they can finde their Arrowes, be the weedes as high as themselves, yet they take such perfect notice of the flight and fall that they seldome loose any. They are trained up to their bowes even from their childhood; little boyes with Bowes made of little stickes and Arrowes of great bents, will smite downe a peece of Tobacco pipe every shoot a good way off: as these Indians be good marksmen, so are they well experienced where the very life of every creature lyeth, and know where to smite him to make him dye presently. For their swimming it is almost naturall, but much perfected by continuall practise; their swimming is not after our English fashion of spread armes and legges which they hold too tiresome, but like dogges their armes before them cutting through the liquids with their right shoulder; in this manner they swimme very swift and farre, either in rough or smooth waters, sometimes for their ease lying as still as a log; sometimes they will play the dive-doppers, and come up in unexpected places. Their children likewise be taught to swimme when they are very young. For their running it is with much celeritie and continuance, yet I suppose there be many English men who being as lightly clad as they are, would outrun them for a spurt, though not able to continue it for a day or dayes, being they be very strong winded and rightly clad for a race.
But they put aside their wars to talk about their games, which they enjoy more and are more skilled at, spending half their days gaming and lounging. They have two types of games, one called Puim and the other Hubbub, which are somewhat like cards and dice, essentially a lottery. Puim consists of 50 or 60 small sticks about a foot long, divided among the players, who shuffle them between their hands; whoever has more than the others gets a head start in the game. There are many other peculiarities in this game that would take too long to write down; a well-known player has a large hole in his ear where he carries his Puims as a challenge to his opponents. Hubbub involves five small bones placed in a smooth tray, with the bones resembling dice but a bit flatter, black on one side and white on the other. They place the tray on the ground and strike it hard, making the bones fly and change colors as they wave their hands back and forth. They get quite into it, hitting their chests and thighs while shouting, Hub, Hub, Hub; you can hear them playing from a quarter of a mile away. If all the bones are the same color, it counts as a double win; if three are one color and two are another, it counts as a single win; four of one color and one different is nothing. As long as a person keeps winning, they keep the tray; but if they lose, the next player takes it. They are so obsessed with these two games that they sometimes lose everything they have—beaver pelts, moose hides, kettles, wampum, axes, knives—it's all gone due to these games. For their active sports, they usually have just three or four—football, shooting, running, and swimming. When they play country against country, they have rich goals adorned with wampum, axes, beaver skins, and black otter hides. It would be hard for many to believe the value of one goal, so I won't name it. Their goals are a mile long, placed on flat sandy ground; their ball is about the size of a handball, which they sometimes kick into the air with their bare feet or it gets moved by the crowd. Sometimes it takes two days to score a goal, and they mark the ground they've won, starting from there the next day. Before they play, they paint themselves, just like when they go to war, as a strategy to prevent future troubles, so no one can recognize who might have angered them or accidentally hurt them, thus taking away the motive for revenge. Before starting, their weapons are set aside and hung on a nearby tree, after which they make a long line in the sand, shake hands, and with joyful hearts, they fight for victory. While the men play, the boys pipe, and the women dance and sing about their husbands' victories; when everything is done, a feast signals their departure. It's most enjoyable to watch them play in smaller groups where you can see their quick footwork, their skillful tossing of the ball, their splashes into the water, and their clumsy wrestling, lacking any real skill—one English person can beat ten Indians at football. They are incredibly accurate marksmen when targeting a stationary object, and if it’s possible to shoot a bird in flight, they will do so. Their speed and skill with firearms mean they can hit a fast-moving deer or a swift pigeon without pausing or blinking. They draw their arrows between their fingers and thumb; their bows are quick, but not very strong, killing only six or seven score. They shoot at each other but skillfully dodge the arrows; they do this to get better for war. People often marvel at how they can find their arrows even when the weeds are as tall as they are; they pay such close attention to the flight and fall that they rarely lose any. They train with their bows from childhood; little boys with bows made of small sticks and arrows made from long reeds can hit a piece of tobacco pipe from a distance. As these Indians are good marksmen, they also know exactly where to hit to kill an animal quickly. Swimming is almost second nature to them, greatly improved by constant practice; their style isn't like the English way of spreading arms and legs, which they find too tiring, but like dogs, with their arms stretched out in front, cutting through the water with their shoulders. This way, they swim very swiftly and far, whether in rough or calm waters; sometimes they lie still on the surface like a log, and other times they dive and come up in unexpected spots. Their children are taught to swim when they are very young. For running, they are incredibly fast and enduring, yet I believe many English men, dressed as lightly as they are, could outrun them in a sprint, although not for a long distance, as they are strong and well-suited for a race.
Chap. 15.
For their hunting, it is to be noted that they have no swift foote Grayhounds, to let slippe at the sight of the Deere, no deepe mouthed hounds, or senting beagles, to finde out their desired prey; themselves are all this, who in that time of the yeare, when the Deere comes downe, having certaine hunting houses, in such places where they know the Deere usually doth frequent, in which they keep their randevowes, their snares and all their accoutraments for that imployment: when they get sight of a Deere, Moose or Beare, they studie how to get the wind of him, and approaching within shot, stab their marke quite through, if the bones hinder not. The chiefe thing they hunt after is Deere, Mooses, and Beares, it greeves them more to see an English man take one Deere, than a thousand Acres of land: they hunt likewise after Wolves, and wild Catts, Rackoones, Otters, Beavers, Musquashes, trading both their skinnes and flesh to the English. Besides their artillery, they have other devices to kill their game, as sometimes hedges a mile or two miles long, being a mile wide at one end, and made narrower and narrower by degrees, leaving onely a gap of sixe foote long, over against which, in the day time they lye lurking to shoot the Deere which come through that narrow gut; so many as come within the circumference of that hedge, seldome returne backe to leape over, unlesse they be forced by the chasing of some ravenous Wolfe, or sight of some accidentall passinger; in the night at the gut of this hedge, they set Deere traps, which are springes made of young trees, and smooth wrought coards; so strong as it will tosse a horse if hee be caught in it. An English Mare being strayed from her owner, and growne wild by her long sojourning in the Woods ranging up and downe with the wilde crew, stumbled into one of these traps which stopt her speed, hanging her like Mahomets tombe, betwixt earth, and heaven; the morning being come, the Indians went to looke what good successe their Venison trappes brought them, but seeing such a long scutted Deere, praunce in their Merritotter, they bade her good morrow, crying out, what cheere what cheere Englishmans squaw horse; having no better epithite than to call her a woman horse, but being loath to kill her, and as fearefull to approach neere the friscadoes of her Iron heeles, they posted to the English to tell them how the case stood or hung with their squaw horse, who unhorsed their Mare, and brought her to her former tamenesse, which since hath brought many a good foale, and performed much good service. In these traps Deeres, Mooses, Beares, Wolves, Catts, and Foxes, are often caught. For their Beavers and Otters, they have other kinde of trappes, so ponderous as is unsupportable for such creatures, the massie burthen whereof either takes them prisoners, or expells their breath from their squised bodyes. These kinde of creatures would gnaw the other kind of trappes asunder, with their sharpe teeth: these beasts are too cunning for the English, who seldome or never catch any of them, therefore we leave them to those skilfull hunters whose time is not so precious, whose experience bought-skill hath made them practicall and usefull in that particuler.
For their hunting, it's important to note that they don't have fast-footed greyhounds to release at the sight of deer, nor deep-mouthed hounds or scenting beagles to find their desired prey; they handle all of that themselves. During the time of year when deer come down, they have specific hunting houses in areas where they know the deer usually gather. They keep their meetings there, along with their snares and all their gear for the hunt. When they spot a deer, moose, or bear, they figure out how to get the wind in their favor and, once they're close enough, stab their target through, unless the bones get in the way. The main things they hunt are deer, moose, and bears; it bothers them more to see an Englishman take one deer than to lose a thousand acres of land. They also hunt wolves, wildcats, raccoons, otters, beavers, and muskrats, trading both their skins and meat to the English. Besides their weaponry, they have other techniques for hunting, like creating hedges a mile or two long, which are a mile wide at one end and then gradually narrow, leaving just a six-foot gap. During the day, they hide and wait to shoot the deer that go through that narrow passage; those that enter the area inside the hedge rarely turn back to jump over it unless they're chased by a hungry wolf or startled by something unexpected. At night, they set deer traps at the opening of this hedge, which are springs made from young trees and smoothly crafted cords; they are strong enough to toss a horse if it gets caught. An English mare that strayed from her owner and became wild while wandering in the woods stumbled into one of these traps, getting stuck and hanging like Mohammed's tomb between the earth and the sky. When morning came, the Indians went to check how successful their deer traps were, but upon seeing such a long-legged deer, they greeted her with "Good morning, what cheer, Englishman's squaw horse," only calling her a "woman horse." Not wanting to kill her and being scared to get too close to her iron hooves, they ran to the English to inform them about their squaw horse, who managed to unhorse their mare and bring her back to her former gentleness, which has since produced many good foals and done a lot of good work. In these traps, they often catch deer, moose, bears, wolves, cats, and foxes. For beavers and otters, they use heavier traps, which are too much for those creatures. The weight either traps them or crushes their bodies. These kinds of animals would chew through other types of traps with their sharp teeth; they're too clever for the English, who rarely catch any, so we leave them to those skilled hunters whose time isn't so precious and whose practical experience makes them effective in that particular area.
Chap. 16.
Of their fishing, in this trade they be very expert, being experienced in the knowledge of all baites, fitting sundry baites for severall fishes, and diverse seasons; being not ignorant likewise of the removall of fishes, knowing when to fish in rivers, and when at rockes, when in Baies, and when at Seas: since the English came they be furnished with English hookes and lines, before they made them of their owne hempe more curiously wrought, of stronger materials than ours, hooked with bone hookes: but lazinesse drives them to buy more than profit or commendations winnes them to make of their owne; they make likewise very strong Sturgeon nets with which they catch Sturgeons of 12. 14. and 16. some 18. foote long in the day time, in the night time they betake them to their Burtchen Cannows, in which they carry a forty fathome line, with a sharpe bearded dart, fastned at the end thereof; then lightning a blazing torch made of Burtchen rindes, they weave it too and againe by their Cannow side, which the Sturgeon much delighted with, comes to them tumbling and playing, turning up his white belly, into which they thrust their launce, his backe being impenetrable; which done they haile to the shore their strugling prize. They have often recourse unto the rockes whereupon the sea beates, in warme weather to looke out for sleepie Seales, whose oyle they much esteeme, using it for divers things. In summer they seldome fish any where but in salt, in winter in the fresh water and ponds; in frostie weather they cut round holes in the yce, about which they wil sit like so many apes, on their naked breeches upon the congealed yce, catching of Pikes, Pearches, Breames, and other sorts of fresh water fish.
Of their fishing, they are very skilled in this trade, knowing all about the different baits suitable for various fish and seasons. They're also aware of where and when to fish—whether in rivers, at rocks, in bays, or out at sea. Since the English arrived, they’ve been using English hooks and lines, whereas before they crafted them from their own hemp, which was more intricately made and stronger than ours, using bone hooks. However, laziness often leads them to buy rather than make their own. They also create very strong sturgeon nets, catching sturgeons that range from 12 to 18 feet long during the day. At night, they use their birch bark canoes, carrying a 40-fathom line with a sharp, barbed dart attached. Lighting a torch made of birch bark, they wave it back and forth alongside their canoe, which attracts the sturgeon, enticing it to swim toward them, flipping its white belly up, into which they thrust their lance because its back is impenetrable. Once they catch it, they haul their struggling prize to shore. They often visit the rocky areas where the sea hits, especially in warm weather, to look for sleepy seals, whose oil they highly value for various uses. In summer, they rarely fish anywhere but in saltwater, while in winter, they fish in freshwater and ponds. During freezing weather, they cut round holes in the ice and sit on the frozen surface in their bare bottoms, like many monkeys, catching pike, perch, bream, and other types of freshwater fish.
Chap. 17.
Of their severall Arts and imployments, as first in dressing of all manner of skinnes, which they doe by scraping and rubbing, afterwards painting them with antique embroyderings in unchangeable colours, sometimes they take off the haire, especially if it bee not killed in season. Their bowes they make of a handsome shape, strung commonly with the sinnewes of Mooses; their arrowes are made of young Elderne, feathered with feathers of Eagles wings and tailes, headed with brasse in shape of a heart or triangle, fastned in a slender peece of wood sixe or 8 inches long, which is framed to put loose in the pithie Elderne, that is bound fast for riving: their arrowes be made in this manner because the arrow might shake from his head and be left behind for their finding, and the pile onely remaine to gaule the wounded beast. Their cordage is so even, soft, and smooth, that it lookes more like silke than hempe; their Sturgeon netts be not deepe, nor above 30. or 40. foote long, which in ebbing low waters they stake fast to the ground, where they are sure the Sturgeon will come, never looking more at it, till the next low water. Their Cannows be made either of Pine-trees, which before they were acquainted with English tooles, they burned hollow, scraping them smooth with Clam-shels and Oyster-shels, cutting their out-sides with stone-hatchets: These Boates be not above a foot and a halfe, or two feete wide, and twenty foote long. Their other Cannows be made of thinne Birch-rines, close-ribbed on the in-side with broad thinne hoopes, like the hoopes of a Tub; these are made very light, a man may carry one of them a mile, being made purposely to carry from River to River, and Bay to Bay, to shorten Land-passages. In these cockling fly-boates, wherein an English man can scarce sit without a fearefull tottering, they will venture to Sea, when an English Shallope dare not beare a knot of sayle; scudding over the overgrowne waves as fast as a winde-driven Ship, being driven by their padles; being much like battle doores; if a crosse wave (as is seldome) turne her keele up-side downe, they by swimming free her, and scramble into her againe.
Of their various skills and jobs, first in preparing all kinds of skins, which they do by scraping and rubbing, then painting them with ancient designs in permanent colors. Sometimes, they remove the hair, especially if it wasn't properly preserved. Their bows are shaped elegantly, typically strung with the tendons of moose; their arrows are made from young elder wood, fletched with feathers from eagle wings and tails, and tipped with brass in the shape of a heart or triangle, attached to a slender piece of wood about six to eight inches long, designed to fit loosely in the soft elder, which is secured for splitting. Their arrows are made this way so that the arrow can break away from its head and be left behind for them to find later, with only the tip remaining to wound the game. Their cords are so uniform, soft, and smooth that they look more like silk than hemp. Their sturgeon nets are not deep, usually about 30 to 40 feet long, which they secure to the ground during low tide, knowing exactly where the sturgeon will come, and they don't check it again until the next low tide. Their canoes are made from pine trees, which they hollowed out with fire before they had English tools, scraping them smooth with clam and oyster shells and cutting the outsides with stone hatchets. These boats are no more than one and a half to two feet wide and about twenty feet long. Their other canoes are made from thin birch bark, closely ribbed on the inside with broad thin hoops, like the hoops of a barrel; these are made very lightweight, allowing a person to carry one for a mile since they are designed to transport from river to river and bay to bay to shorten land trips. In these narrow, unstable boats, where an Englishman can barely sit without feeling unsteady, they will venture out to sea when an English shallop wouldn’t dare catch a breeze; gliding over the swell of the waves as quickly as a wind-driven ship, propelled by their paddles, which resemble battle paddles. If a rogue wave flips them upside down (which is rare), they swim free and scramble back into the canoe.
Chap. 18.
Of their Language which is onely peculiar to themselves, not inclining to any of the refined tongues. Some have thought they might be of the dispersed Iewes, because some of their words be neare unto the Hebrew; but by the same rule they may conclude them to be some of the gleanings of all Nations, because they have words which sound after the Greeke, Latine, French, and other tongues: Their Language is hard to learne; few of the English being able to speake any of it, or capable of the right pronunciation, which is the chiefe grace of their tongue. They pronounce much after the Diphthongs, excluding L and R, which in our English Tongue they pronounce with as much difficulty, as most of the Dutch doe T and H, calling a Lobster a Nobstann. Every Countrey doth something differ in their Speech, even as our Northerne people doe from the Southerne, and Westerne from them; especially the Tarrenteens, whose Tongues runne so much upon R, that they wharle much in pronunciation. When any ships come neare the shore, they demand whether they be King Charles his Torries, with such a rumbling sound, as if one were beating an unbrac't Drumme. In serious discourse our Southerne Indians use seldome any short Colloquiums, but speake their minds at large, without any interjected interruptions from any: The rest giving diligent audience to his utterance; which done, some or other returnes him as long an answere, they love not to speake multa sed multum, seldome are their words, and their deeds strangers. According to the matter in discourse, so are their acting gestures in their expressions. One of the English Preachers in a speciall good intent of doing good to their soules, hath spent much time in attaining to their Language, wherein he is so good a proficient, that he can speake to their understanding, and they to his; much loving and respecting him for his love and counsell. It is hoped that he may be an instrument of good amongst them. They love any man that can utter his minde in their words, yet are they not a little proud that they can speake the English tongue, using it as much as their owne, when they meete with such as can understand it, puzling stranger Indians, which sometimes visite them from more remote places, with an unheard language.
Of their language, which is unique to them and not influenced by any refined languages, some people have speculated that they might be part of the scattered Jews because some of their words are similar to Hebrew. But by the same reasoning, one could say they are remnants from all nations, since they have words that sound like Greek, Latin, French, and others. Their language is difficult to learn; few English speakers can speak it or pronounce it correctly, which is the most important aspect of their tongue. They pronounce a lot of their sounds as diphthongs, dropping L and R, which in our English language they struggle with, much like most Dutch speakers do with T and H, calling a lobster a Nobstann. Every country has some differences in speech, just like our northern people differ from the southern, and the western from them; especially the Tarrenteens, whose speech heavily emphasizes R, causing them to slur when they talk. When ships get close to the shore, they ask if they are from King Charles's Torries, with a rumbling sound like someone beating a drum. In serious conversation, our southern Indians rarely use short phrases; they express their thoughts at length without interruptions from anyone, with others listening attentively. Once they're done speaking, someone else responds with equally long answers; they prefer to say much rather than say little, and their words align with their actions. Depending on the topic, their gestures complement their expressions. One English preacher, with a genuine intention to help their souls, has spent a lot of time learning their language, and he has become so proficient that he can communicate with them effectively, earning their love and respect for his guidance. It is hoped that he will be a force for good among them. They appreciate anyone who can speak their language, but they take pride in being able to speak English as much as their own language, especially when interacting with those who understand it, leaving visiting stranger Indians from distant places puzzled by their unfamiliar language.
Ch. 19.
Although the Indians be of lusty and healthfull bodies, not experimentally knowing the Catalogue of those health-wasting diseases which are incident to other Countries, as Feavers, Pleurisies, Callentures, Agues, Obstructions, Consumptions, Subfumigations, Convulsions, Apoplexies, Dropsies, Gouts, Stones, Tooth-aches, Pox, Measels, or the like; but spinne out the thread of their dayes to a faire length, numbering three-score, foure-score, some a hundred yeares, before the worlds universall summoner cite them to the craving Grave: But the date of their life expired, and Deaths arestment seazing upon them, all hope of recovery being past, then to behold and heare their throbbing sobs and deepe-fetcht sighes, their griefe-wrung hands, and teare-bedewed cheekes, their dolefull cries, would draw teares from Adamantine eyes, that be but spectators of their mournefull Obsequies. The glut of their griefe being past, they commit the corpes of their diceased friends to the ground, over whose grave is for a long time spent many a briny teare, deepe groane, and Irish-like howlings, continuing annuall mournings with a blacke stiffe paint on their faces: These are the Mourners without hope, yet doe they hold the immortality of the never-dying soule, that it shall passe to the South-west Elysium, concerning which their Indian faith jumps much with the Turkish Alchoran, holding it to be a kinde of Paradise, wherein they shall everlastingly abide, solacing themselves in odoriferous Gardens, fruitfull Corne-fields, greene Medows, bathing their tawny hides in the coole streames of pleasant Rivers, and shelter themselves from heate and cold in the sumptuous Pallaces framed by the skill of Natures curious contrivement; concluding that neither care nor paine shall molest them, but that Natures bounty will administer all things with a voluntary contribution from the overflowing store-house of their Elyzian Hospitall, at the portall whereof they say, lies a great Dogge, whose churlish snarlings deny a Pax intrantibus, to unworthy intruders: Wherefore it is their custome, to bury with them their Bows and Arrows, and good store of their Wampompeage and Mowhackies; the one to affright that affronting Cerberus, the other to purchase more immense prerogatiues in their Paradise. For their enemies and loose livers, whom they account unworthy of this imaginary happines, they say, that they passe to the infernall dwellings of Abamocho, to be tortured according to the fictions of the ancient Heathen.
Although the Indians have strong and healthy bodies, they don't know about the long list of diseases that are common in other places, like fevers, pleurisies, chills, agues, obstructions, consumptions, suffocations, convulsions, strokes, dropsy, gout, stones, toothaches, pox, measles, or similar issues. Instead, they live long lives, often reaching sixty, eighty, or even a hundred years, until the universal call of death draws them to the grave. Once their time has come and death takes them, with all hope of recovery gone, the sight and sound of their painful sobs, deep sighs, grief-stricken hands, and tear-stained cheeks, along with their mournful cries, would move even the hardest hearts to tears, as they witness their sorrowful funerals. After their grief has passed, they bury their deceased friends and spend a long time shedding tears, letting out deep groans, and howling like the Irish, continuing annual mourning with black paint on their faces. These are mourners without hope, yet they believe in the immortality of the soul, thinking it will go to the southwestern Elysium, which aligns closely with their beliefs, comparing it to a paradise where they will live forever, enjoying themselves in fragrant gardens, fruitful fields, and green meadows, bathing their tanned skin in the cool waters of pleasant rivers, and finding shelter from heat and cold in grand palaces crafted by nature’s skill. They believe that neither care nor pain will disturb them, and that nature’s generosity will provide everything they need from the overflowing storehouse of their Elysian Hospital. At its entrance, they believe there's a large dog that snarls at unworthy intruders, denying them a Pax intrantibus. Therefore, it is their custom to bury bows, arrows, and a good supply of Wampum and Mowhackies with their dead; the weapons are meant to scare off the troublesome Cerberus, while the others are for gaining greater privileges in their paradise. As for their enemies and those they see as unworthy of this imagined happiness, they believe they go to the infernal dwelling of Abamocho, where they will be tortured according to the tales of the ancient heathens.
Chapter 19.
To satisfie the curious eye of women-readers, who otherwise might thinke their sex forgotten, or not worthy a record, let them peruse these few lines, wherein they may see their owne happinesse, if weighed in the womans ballance of these ruder Indians, who scorne the tuterings of their wives, or to admit them as their equals, though their qualities and industrious deservings may justly claime the preheminence, and command better usage and more conjugall esteeme, their persons and features being every way correspondent, their qualifications more excellent, being more loving, pittifull, and modest, milde, provident, and laborious than their lazie husbands. Their employments be many: First their building of houses, whose frames are formed like our garden-arbours, something more round, very strong and handsome, covered with close-wrought mats of their owne weaving, which deny entrance to any drop of raine, though it come both fierce and long, neither can the piercing North winde finde a crannie, through which he can conveigh his cooling breath, they be warmer than our English houses; at the top is a square hole for the smoakes evacuation, which in rainy weather is covered with a pluver; these bee such smoakie dwellings, that when there is good fires, they are not able to stand upright, but lie all along under the smoake, never using any stooles or chaires, it being as rare to see an Indian sit on a stoole at home, as it is strange to see an English man sit on his heeles abroad. Their houses are smaller in the Summer, when their families be dispersed, by reason of heate and occasions. In Winter they make some fiftie or threescore foote long, fortie or fiftie men being inmates under one roofe; and as is their husbands occasion these poore tectonists are often troubled like snailes, to carrie their houses on their backs sometime to fishing-places, other times to hunting-places, after that to a planting place, where it abides the longest: an other work is their planting of corne, wherein they exceede our English husband-men, keeping it so cleare with their Clamme shell-hooes, as if it were a garden rather than a corne-field, not suffering a choaking weede to advance his audacious head above their infant corne, or an undermining worme to spoile his spurnes. Their corne being ripe, they gather it, and drying it hard in the Sunne, conveigh it to their barnes, which be great holes digged in the ground in forme of a brasse pot, seeled with rinds of trees, wherein they put their corne, covering it from the inquisitive search of their gurmandizing husbands, who would eate up both their allowed portion, and reserved feede, if they knew where to finde it. But our hogges having found a way to unhindge their barne doores, and robbe their garners, they are glad to implore their husbands helpe to roule the bodies of trees over their holes, to prevent those pioners, whose theeverie they as much hate as their flesh. An other of their employments is their Summer processions to get Lobsters for their husbands, wherewith they baite their hookes when they goe a fishing for Basse or Codfish. This is an every dayes walke, be the weather cold or hot, the waters rough or calme, they must dive sometimes over head and eares for a Lobster, which often shakes them by their hands with a churlish nippe, and bids them adiew. The tide being spent, they trudge home two or three miles, with a hundred weight of Lobsters at their backs, and if none, a hundred scoules meete them at home, and a hungry belly for two dayes after. Their husbands having caught any fish, they bring it in their boates as farre as they can by water, and there leave it; as it was their care to catch it, so it must be their wives paines to fetch it home, or fast: which done, they must dresse it and cooke it, dish it, and present it, see it eaten over their shoulders; and their loggerships having filled their paunches, their sweete lullabies scramble for their scrappes. In the Summer these Indian women when Lobsters be in their plenty and prime, they drie them to keepe for Winter, erecting scaffolds in the hot sun-shine, making fires likewise underneath them, by whose smoake the flies are expelled, till the substance remain hard and drie. In this manner they drie Basse and other fishes without salt, cutting them very thinne to dry suddainely, before the flies spoile them, or the raine moist them, having a speciall care to hang them in their smoakie houses, in the night and dankish weather.
To satisfy the curious eyes of female readers, who might otherwise think their gender is overlooked or unworthy of mention, let them read these few lines, where they can see their own happiness compared to the women of these rough Indians, who disregard the opinions of their wives and don’t treat them as equals, even though their qualities and hard work deserve recognition and better treatment. The women are just as appealing in appearance, but they are also more loving, compassionate, modest, gentle, practical, and hardworking than their lazy husbands. They have many duties: first, they build houses that resemble our garden arbors, a bit rounder, sturdy, and attractive, covered with tightly woven mats they make themselves, which keep out any rain, no matter how intense or long it lasts. Even the biting North wind can’t find a crack to slip through, making their homes warmer than ours. At the top, there’s a square hole for smoke to escape, which is covered with a lid during rain. These smoky homes are such that when there are good fires, they can’t stand upright but lie down under the smoke, never using stools or chairs. It’s as rare to see an Indian sit on a stool at home as it is strange to see an Englishman sitting on his heels outside. Their houses are smaller in the summer when families spread out due to the heat and various reasons. In winter, they can be around fifty or sixty feet long, with forty or fifty people living under one roof. Depending on their husbands’ work, these poor builders often have to carry their homes like snails to fishing spots, hunting grounds, or planting locations, where they stay the longest. Another of their tasks is planting corn, where they excel compared to our English farmers, keeping it so clear with their clam shell hoes that it looks more like a garden than a cornfield, not allowing a choking weed to rise above their young corn or a damaging worm to spoil their crops. When the corn is ripe, they gather it, dry it in the sun, and store it in their barns, which are large holes dug in the ground shaped like a brass pot, sealed with tree bark, where they keep their corn safe from their gluttonous husbands, who would eat both their share and the reserved food if they knew where to find it. However, our hogs have found a way to unhinge their barn doors and steal from their stores, so they often seek their husbands' help to roll tree trunks over their holes to keep those thieves away, whom they despise just as much as their own flesh. Another of their jobs is their summer trips to gather lobsters for their husbands, which they use as bait when fishing for bass or cod. This is a daily task, regardless of whether it’s cold or hot, or if the waters are rough or calm; they sometimes need to dive completely under the surface for a lobster, which often pinches their hands and escapes. Once the tide recedes, they trudge home for two or three miles, carrying a hundred pounds of lobsters on their backs, and if they catch none, they find a hundred complaints waiting for them at home and a hungry stomach for the next two days. When their husbands catch fish, they bring it as close as possible by boat and leave it there; just as it was their job to catch it, it’s the wives' responsibility to bring it home or go without. Once at home, they must clean it, cook it, serve it, and watch it be eaten, all while their loggers fill their bellies, leaving the women scrambling for scraps. In summer, when lobsters are abundant and in prime condition, these Indian women dry them to keep for winter, setting up scaffolding in the hot sunshine, making fires underneath to create smoke that drives away flies until the substance is hard and dry. They dry bass and other fish without salt, slicing them thinly to dry quickly before the flies ruin them or rain makes them moist, carefully hanging them in their smoky homes at night and in damp weather.
In Summer they gather flagges, of which they make Matts for houses, and Hempe and Rushes, with dying stuffe of which they make curious baskets with intermixed colours and portractures of antique Imagerie: these baskets be of all sizes from a quart to a quarter, in which they carry their luggage. In winter time they are their husbands Caterers, trudging to the Clamm bankes for their belly timber, and their Porters to lugge home their Venison which their lazinesse exposes to the Woolves till they impose it upon their wives shoulders. They likewise sew their husbands shooes, and weave coates of Turkie feathers, besides all their ordinary household drudgerie which daily lies upon them, so that a bigge bellie hinders no businesse, nor a childebirth takes much time, but the young Infant being greased and sooted, wrapt in a Beaver skin, bound to his good behaviour with his feete up to his bumme, upon a board two foote long and one foot broade, his face exposed to all nipping weather; this little Pappouse travells about with his bare footed mother to paddle in the Icie Clammbankes after three or foure dayes of age have sealed his passeboard and his mothers recoverie. For their carriage it is very civill, smiles being the greatest grace of their mirth; their musick is lullabies to quiet their children, who generally are as quiet as if they had neither spleene or lungs. To heare one of these Indians unseene, a good eare might easily mistake their untaught voyce for the warbling of a well tuned instrument. Such command have they of their voices. These womens modesty drives them to weare more cloathes than their men, having alwayes a coate of cloath or skinnes wrapt like a blanket about their loynes, reaching downe to their hammes which they never put off in company. If a husband have a minde to sell his wives Beaver petticote, as sometimes he doth, shee will not put it off untill shee have another to put on: commendable is their milde carriage and obedience to their husbands, notwithstanding all this their customarie churlishnesse and savage inhumanitie, not seeming to delight in frownes or offering to word it with their lords, not presuming to proclaime their female superiority to the usurping of the least title of their husbands charter, but rest themselves content under their helplesse condition, counting it the womans portion: since the English arrivall comparison hath made them miserable, for seeing the kind usage of the English to their wives, they doe as much condemne their husbands for unkindnesse, and commend the English for their love. As their husbands commending themselves for their wit in keeping their wives industrious, doe condemne the English for their folly in spoyling good working creatures. These women resort often to the English houses, where pares cum paribus congregatæ, in Sex I meane, they do somewhat ease their miserie by complaining and seldome part without a releefe: If her husband come to seeke for his Squaw and beginne to bluster, the English woman betakes her to her armes which are the warlike Ladle, and the scalding liquors, threatning blistering to the naked runnaway, who is soone expelled by such liquid comminations. In a word to conclude this womans historie, their love to the English hath deserved no small esteeme, ever presenting them some thing that is either rare or desired, as Strawberries, Hurtleberries, Rasberries, Gooseberries, Cherries, Plummes, Fish, and other such gifts as their poore treasury yeelds them. But now it may be, that this relation of the churlish and inhumane behaviour of these ruder Indians towards their patient wives, may confirme some in the beliefe of an aspersion, which I have often heard men cast upon the English there, as if they should learne of the Indians to use their wives in the like manner, and to bring them to the same subjection, as to sit on the lower hand, and to carrie water, and the like drudgerie: but if my owne experience may out-ballance an ill-grounded scandalous rumour, I doe assure you, upon my credit and reputation, that there is no such matter, but the women finde there as much love, respect, and ease, as here in old England. I will not deny, but that some poore people may carrie their owne water, and doe not the poorer sort in England doe the same, witnesse your London Tankerd-bearers, and your countrie-cottagers? But this may well be knowne to be nothing, but the rancorous venome of some that beare no good will to the plantation. For what neede they carrie water, seeing every one hath a Spring at his doore, or the Sea by his house? Thus much for the satisfaction of women, touching this entrenchment upon their prerogative, as also concerning the relation of these Indian Squawes.
In summer, they gather flags to make mats for their homes, along with hemp and rushes, using dye to create intricate baskets in various colors and designs inspired by ancient imagery. These baskets come in all sizes, from a quart to a quarter, and are used to carry their belongings. In winter, they become their husbands' helpers, trudging to the clam banks for food and acting as porters to bring home the venison that their husbands leave exposed to wolves until it’s their turn to carry it. They also sew their husbands’ shoes, weave coats from turkey feathers, and take care of all the regular household chores that keep piling up, so that being pregnant doesn’t stop them from doing their work, nor does childbirth take much time. The newborn, greased and swaddled in a beaver skin, is securely tied down with its feet tucked up in a cradle board that is two feet long and one foot wide, their face exposed to the elements. This little baby travels around with its barefoot mother to collect clams just a few days after birth, once it has been cleared for travel and the mother has recovered. They are very polite in their transport, with smiles being the hallmark of their joy; their music consists of lullabies to soothe their children, who tend to be as quiet as if they had neither spleen nor lungs. If you were to hear one of these Indians hidden from view, a good ear might easily mistake their natural voice for the sound of a well-tuned instrument. They have such control over their voices. The modesty of these women leads them to wear more clothes than the men, always wrapping a coat made of cloth or skins around their waists, reaching down to their thighs, which they never take off in company. If a husband wants to sell his wife's beaver petticoat, as sometimes happens, she won't take it off until she has another to replace it. Their gentle demeanor and obedience to their husbands are admirable, despite their customary rudeness and savage treatment; they don’t seem to enjoy frowning or arguing with their husbands and don’t claim any superiority over them. They accept their powerless condition, regarding it as a woman's lot. Since the arrival of the English, their situation has worsened; seeing the kind treatment that the English give to their wives, they criticize their husbands for being unkind and praise the English for their affection. Meanwhile, their husbands, proud of keeping their wives working hard, condemn the English for ruining productive members of society. These women often visit English homes where, in groups, they somewhat relieve their misery by complaining and seldom leave without some help. If a husband comes looking for his wife and starts to argue, the English woman grabs her ladle and hot liquids, threatening to scald the runaway who is soon driven away by such boiling threats. To sum up this story of women, their affection for the English deserves respect, as they often present them with gifts that are either rare or desired, such as strawberries, huckleberries, raspberries, gooseberries, cherries, plums, fish, and other treasures their modest means provide. However, this depiction of the rude and inhumane behavior of these primitive Indians toward their patient wives might confirm some people's beliefs that the English would learn from the Indians how to treat their wives similarly, forcing them into subservience, making them sit on the ground and fetch water, among other chores. But if my own experience can outweigh unfounded gossip, I assure you, based on my honesty and reputation, that this is not true; the women experience just as much love, respect, and ease there as in old England. I won't deny that some poor people may have to fetch their own water, but don’t poorer folks in England do the same? Just look at the water carriers in London and the rural laborers! This should be recognized as nothing more than the spiteful venom from those who do not wish well for the plantation. Why should they carry water when everyone has a spring at their door or the ocean nearby? That is all to clarify about women concerning this intrusion on their rights, as well as regarding the situation of these Indian squaws.
Because many have desired to heare some of the Natives Language, I have here inserted a small Nomenclator, with the Names of their chiefe Kings, Rivers, Moneths, and dayes, whereby such as have in-sight into the Tongues, may know to what Language it is most inclining; and such as desire it as an unknowne Language onely, may reape delight, if they can get no profit.
Since many have expressed interest in hearing some of the native language, I've included a small Nomenclator with the names of their main kings, rivers, months, and days, so that those who understand the languages can see which one it aligns with most closely; and those who find it unfamiliar might still enjoy it, even if they can't gain any practical benefit.
A | |
Aberginian | an Indian |
Abbamocho | the divell |
Aunum | a dogge |
Ausupp | a Rackoone |
Au so hau nauc hoc | Lobstar |
Assawog | will you play |
A saw upp | to morrow |
Ascoscoi | greene |
Ausomma petuc quanocke | give me some bread |
Appepes naw aug | when I see it I will tell you my minde |
Anno ke nugge | a sieve |
An nu ocke | a bed |
Autchu wompocke | to day |
Appause | the morne |
Ascom quom pauputchim | thankes be given to God. |
B | |
Boquoquo | the head |
Bisquant | the shoulderbones |
C | |
Chesco kean | you lye |
Commouton kean | you steale |
Cram | to kill |
Chicka chava | osculari podicem |
Cowimms | sleepes |
Cocam | the navell |
Cos | the nailes |
Conomma | a spoone |
Cossaquot | bow and arrowes |
Cone | the Sunne |
Cotattup | I drinke to you |
Coetop | will you smoake Tobaco |
Connucke semmona | It is almost night |
Connu | good night to you |
Cowompaum sin | God morrow |
Coepot | ice |
D | |
Dottaguck | the backe bone |
Docke taugh he necke | what is your name |
E | |
Et chossucke | a knife |
Eat chumnis | Indian corne |
Eans causuacke | 4 fathomes |
Easu tommoc quocke | halfe a skin of Beaver |
Epimetsis | much good may your meate doe you |
F is not used. | |
G | |
Gettoquasit | the great toe |
Genehuncke | the fore finger |
Gettoquacke | the knees |
Gettoquun | the knuckles |
Gettoquan | the thumb |
Gegnewaw og | let me see |
H | |
Haha | yes |
Hoc | the body |
Hamucke | almost |
Hub hub hub | come come come |
Haddo quo dunna moquonash | where did you buy that |
Haddogoe weage | who lives here |
I | |
Isattonaneise | the bread |
Icattop | faint with hunger |
Icattoquam | very sleepie |
K | |
Kean | I |
Keisseanchacke | backe of the hand |
Ksitta | It hurts me |
Kawkenog wampompeage | let me see money |
Kagmatcheu | will you eate meate |
Ketottug | a whetstone |
Kenie | very sharpe |
Kettotanese | lend me monie |
Kekechoi | much paine |
L is not used. | |
M | |
Matchet | It is naught |
Mattamoi | to die |
Mitchin | meat |
Misquantum | very angrie |
Mauncheake | be gonne |
Matta | no |
Meseig | haire |
Mamanock | the eye brows |
Matchanne | the nose |
Mattone | the lippes |
Mepeiteis | the teeth |
Mattickeis | the shoulders |
Mettosowset | the little toe |
Metosaunige | the little finger |
Misquish | the veines |
Mohoc | the wast |
Menisowhock | the genitals |
Mocossa | the black of the naile |
Matchanni | very sicke |
Monacus | bowes and arrowes |
Manehops | sit downe |
Monakinne | a coate |
Mawcus sinnus | a paire of shooes |
Matchemauquot | it stinketh |
Muskana | a bone |
Menota | a basket |
Meatchis | be merrie |
Mawpaw | it snowes |
Mawnaucoi | very strong |
Mutchecu | a very poore man |
Monosketenog | whats this |
Mouskett | the breech |
Matchet wequon | very blunt |
Matta ka tau caushana | will you not trade |
Mowhacheis | Indian gold |
N | |
Nuncompees | a boy |
Nicke squaw | a maide |
Nean | you |
Nippe | water |
Nasamp | pottadge |
Nota | sixe |
Nisquan | the elbow |
Noenaset | the third toe |
Nahenan | a Turkie |
Niccone | a blacke bird |
Naw naunidge | the middle finger |
Napet | the arme |
Nitchicke | the hand |
Nottoquap | the skinne |
Nogcus | the heart |
Nobpaw nocke | the breast bone |
Nequaw | the thighes |
Netop | a friend |
Nenmia | give me |
Noeicantop | how doe you |
Nawhaw nissis | farewell |
Noei pauketan | by and by kill |
Nenetah ha | Ile fight with you |
Noei comquocke | a codfish |
Nepaupe | stand by |
No ottut | a great journie |
Necautauh han | no such matter |
Noewamma | he laugheth |
Noeshow | a father |
Nitka | a mother |
Netchaw | a brother |
Notonquous | a kinseman |
Nenomous | a kinswoman |
Nau mau nais | my sonne |
Naunais | my daughter |
No einshom | give me corne |
Nemnis | take it |
Nenimma nequitta ta auchu | give me a span of any thing. |
Nees nis ca su acke | 2 fathome |
Notchumoi | a little strong |
Negacawgh hi | lend me |
Nebuks quam | adiew |
Noe winyah | come in |
Naut seam | much wearie |
Noe wammaw ause | I love you |
Net noe whaw missu | a man of a middle stature |
O | |
Ottucke | a Deere |
Occone | a Deere skinne |
Oqnan | the heele |
Ottump | a bow |
Ottommaocke | Tobacco |
Ottannapeake | the chinne |
Occotucke | the throate |
Occasu | halfe a quarter |
Onquagh saw au | you are cunning |
Ontoquos | a Wolfe |
P | |
Pow-wow | a conjurer or wizard |
Petta sinna | give me a pipe of Tobaco |
Pooke | Colts-foote |
Pappouse | a child |
Petucquanocke | bread |
Picke | a pipe |
Ponesanto | make a fire |
Papowne | winter |
Pequas | a Foxe |
Pausochu | a little journie |
Peamissin | a little |
Peacumshis | worke hard |
Pokitta | smoake |
Petogge | a bagge |
Paucasu | a quarter |
Pausawniscosu | halfe a fathome |
Peunctaumocke | much pray |
Pesissu | a little man |
Pauseptssoi | the sunne is rising |
Pouckshaa | it is broken |
Poebugketaas | you burne |
Poussu | a big bellied woman |
Q | |
Quequas nummos | what cheare |
Quequas nim | it is almost day |
Quog quosh | make haste |
Quenobpuuncke | a stoole |
Quenops | be quiet |
R is never used. | |
S | |
Sagamore | a king |
Sachem | idem |
Sannup | a man |
Squaw | a woman |
Squitta | a fire sparke |
Suggig | a Basse |
Seasicke | a rattle snake |
Shannucke | a Squerill |
Skesicos | the eyes |
Sickeubecke | the necke |
Supskinge | the wrist bones |
Socottocanus | the breast bone |
Squehincke | blood |
Siccaw quant | the hammes |
Sis sau causke | the shinnes |
Suppiske | ancle bones |
Seat | the foote |
Seaseap | a ducke |
Suckis suacke | a Clam |
Sequan | the summer |
Soekepup | he will bite |
Sis | come out |
Squi | red |
Swanscaw suacko | 3 fathomes |
Sawawampeage | very weake |
Succomme | I will eate you |
Sasketupe | a great man |
T | |
Taubut nean hee | Thankes heartily |
Tantacum | beate him |
Tap in | goe in |
Titta | I cannot tell |
Tahanyah | what newes |
Tonagus | the eares |
Tannicke | a cranie |
Thaw | the calfe of the leg |
Tahaseat | the sole of the foote |
Tasseche quonunck | the insteppe |
Tonokete naum | whither goe you |
Tannissin may | which is the way |
Tunketappin | where live you |
Tonocco wam | where have you bin |
Tasis | a paire of stockings |
Tockucke | a hatchet |
Towwow | a sister |
Tom maushew | a husband |
Tookesin | enough sleepe |
Titto kean Icatoquam | doe you nod and sleepe |
Tau kequam | very heavie |
Taub coi | it is very cold |
V | |
Vkepemanous | the breast bone |
Vnkesheto | will you trucke |
W | |
Wampompeage | Indian money |
Winuet | very good |
Web | a wife |
Wigwam | a house |
Wawmott | enough |
Whenan | the tongue |
Whauksis | a Foxe |
Wawpatucke | a Goose |
Wawpiske | the bellie |
Whoe nuncke | a ditch |
Wappinne | the wind |
Wawtom | understand you |
Wompey | white |
Wa aoy | the sunne is downe |
Waacoh | the day breakes |
Wekemawquot | it smells sweete |
Weneikinne | it is very handsome |
Whissu hochuck | the kettle boyleth |
Waawnew | you have lost your way |
Woenaunta | it is a warme summer |
Wompoca | to morrow |
Wawmauseu | an honest man |
Weneicu | a rich man |
Weitagcone | a cleere day |
Wawnauco | yesterday |
X never used | |
Y | |
Yeips | sit downe |
Yaus | the sides |
Yaugh | there |
Yough yough | now |
Yoakes | lice |
A quit | 1 |
Nees | 2 |
Nis | 3 |
Yoaw | 4 |
Abbona | 5 |
Ocqinta | 6 |
Enotta | 7 |
Sonaske | 8 |
Assaquoquin | 9 |
Piocke | 10 |
Apponna qiut | 11 |
Apponees | 12 |
Apponis | 13 |
Appoyoaw | 14 |
Apponabonna | 15 |
Apponaquinta | 16 |
Apponenotta | 17 |
Apponsonaske | 18 |
Apponasquoquin | 19 |
Neenisschicke | 20 |
Sawup | 1 sleepes |
Isoqunnocquock | 2 sleepes |
Sucqunnocquocke | 3 sleepes |
Yoawqunnocquock | 4 sleepes |
Abonetta ta sucquanocquock | 5 sleepes |
Nequitta ta sucqunnocquock | 6 sleepes |
Enotta ta sucqunnocquock | 7 sleepes |
Soesicta sucqunnocquock | 8 sleepes |
Pausaquoquin sucqunnocquock | 9 sleepes |
Pawquo qunnocquock | 10 sleepes |
A quit-appause | 1 moneths |
Nees-appause | 2 moneths |
Nis-appause | 3 moneths |
Yoaw appause | 4 moneths |
Abonna appause | 5 moneths |
Nequit appause | 6 moneths |
Enotta appause | 7 moneths |
Sonaske appause | 8 moneths |
Assaquoquin appause | 9 moneths |
Piocke appause | 10 moneths |
Appona quit appause | 11 moneths |
Appon nees appause | 12 moneths |
Appon nis appause | 13 moneths |
Appon yoaw appause | 14 moneths |
Nap nappona appause | 15 moneths |
Nap napocquint appause | 16 moneths |
Nap nap enotta appause | 17 moneths |
Napsoe sicke appause | 18 moneths |
Nappawsoquoquin appause | 19 moneths |
Neesnischicke appause | 20 moneths |
Neesnischicke appon a quit appause | 21 moneths |
Neesnischicke apponees appause | 22 moneths |
Neesnischick apponis appause | 23 moneths |
Neesnischick appo yoaw appause | 24 moneths |
Woenohaquahham | Anglice King Iohn |
Montowompate | Anglice King Iames |
Mausquonomend | Igowam Sagamore |
Chickkcatawbut | Naponset Sagamore |
Canonicus | Narraganset Sagamore |
Osomeagen | Sagamore of the Pequants |
Kekut | Petchutacut Sagamore |
Nassawwhonan | Two Sagamores of Nipust. |
Woesemagen | |
Pissacannua | A Sagamore and most noted Nigromancer. |
Sagamores to the East and North-east, bearing rule amongst the Churchers and Tarrenteens. | |
Nepawhamis | Nannopounacund |
Asteco | Nattonanite |
Assotomowite | Noenotchuock |
Anglice. | |
Merrimack | |
Igowam | |
Igoshaum | |
Chobocco | |
Nahumkeake | Salem |
Saugus | |
Swampscot | |
Nahant | |
Winnisimmet | |
Mishaum | |
Mishaumut | Charles towne |
Massachusets | Boston |
Mistick | |
Pigsgusset | Water towne |
Naponset | |
Matampan | Dorchester |
Pawtuxet | Plymouth |
Wessaguscus | |
Conihosset | |
Mannimeed | |
Soewampset | |
Situate | |
Amuskeage | |
Pemmiquid | |
Saketehoc | |
Piscataqua | |
Cannibek | |
Penopscot | |
Pantoquid | |
Nawquot | |
Musketoquid | |
Nipnet | |
Whawcheusets |
Variable capitalisations and hyphenations in the original have been retained.
Variable capitalizations and hyphenations in the original have been retained.
Unusual and multiple spellings in the original have been retained.
Unusual and different spellings in the original have been kept.
The format of chapter headings has been regularised.
The format of chapter headings has been standardized.
All corrections noted in the Errata, excepting one, have been applied.
All corrections mentioned in the Errata, except for one, have been applied.
Errata exception: 'p. 45. l. 29. house, horse.' Page 45 contains neither 'house' nor 'horse.'
Errata exception: 'p. 45. l. 29. house, horse.' Page 45 has neither 'house' nor 'horse.'
Table of Contents, ',' changed to '.,' "Part. 1. Chap. 1."
Table of Contents, ',' changed to '.,' "Part 1. Chap 1."
Table of Contents, 'North-wards' changed to 'North-ward,' "or Indians North-ward."
Table of Contents, 'North-wards' changed to 'North-ward,' "or Indians North-ward."
Table of Contents, '&c.' added, "Of their Mariages, &c."
Table of Contents, '&c.' added, "Of their Marriages, &c."
Errata, all references normalised to the form "p. nn. l. nn."
Errata, all references standardized to the format "p. nn. l. nn."
Errata, all corrections terminated with a full stop.
Errata, all corrections ended with a period.
Errata, 'Squnotersquashes' changed to 'Squonterquashes,' "for Squonterquashes reade Isquoutersquashes."
Errata, 'Squnotersquashes' changed to 'Squonterquashes,' "for Squonterquashes read Isquoutersquashes."
Errata, 'he' changed to 'hee,' "p. 15. l. 10. hee, they."
Errata, 'he' changed to 'hee,' "p. 15. l. 10. hee, they."
Errata, 'spoiling' changed to 'spoyling,' "l. 28. spoyling, spoile."
Errata, 'spoiling' changed to 'spoyling,' "l. 28. spoyling, spoile."
Errata, 'humiliters' changed to 'Humiliteers,' "p. 27. l. 21. Humiliteers, Humilitees."
Errata, 'humiliters' changed to 'Humiliteers,' "p. 27. l. 21. Humiliteers, Humilitees."
Errata, 'breach' changed to 'brech,' "l. 36. brech, Beach."
Errata, 'breach' changed to 'brech,' "l. 36. brech, Beach."
Errata, '20' changed to '24,' "p. 70. l. 24. Warme, worme."
Errata, '20' changed to '24,' "p. 70. l. 24. Warm, worm."
Page 2, comma following 'Cape' struck, "Plimmouth, Cape Ann, Salem,"
Page 2, comma after 'Cape' removed, "Plimmouth, Cape Ann, Salem,"
Page 3, 'trance' changed to 'entrance,' "entrance, and that not very broad,"
Page 3, 'trance' changed to 'entrance,' "entrance, and that not very wide,"
Page 4, 'bittter' changed to 'bitter,' "with deepe Snowes and bitter Frost,"
Page 4, 'bitter' changed to 'bitter,' "with deep snow and bitter frost,"
Page 4, 'winds' changed to 'windes,' "few North-west windes,"
Page 4, 'winds' changed to 'wind,' "few North-west winds,"
Page 5, 'secōd' changed to 'second,' "A second passage,"
Page 5, 'second' changed to 'second,' "A second passage,"
Page 6, 'Cod' italicised, "shaping their course for Cape Cod,"
Page 6, 'Cod' italicized, "heading towards Cape Cod,"
Page 6, 'beleife' changed to 'beliefe,' "startle beliefe of some,"
Page 6, 'belief' changed to 'believe,' "startle belief of some,"
Page 10, 'Tres' changed to 'Trees,' "where the Trees grow thinne,"
Page 10, 'Tres' changed to 'Trees,' "where the Trees grow thin,"
Page 12, 'wch' changed to 'which,' "which hath one house in"
Page 12, 'which' changed to 'which,' "which has one house in"
Page 13, 'Marjoran' changed to 'Marjoram,' "as sweet Marjoram,"
Page 13, 'Marjoran' changed to 'Marjoram,' "as sweet Marjoram,"
Page 14, comma struck after 'Iron,' "reported that there is Iron stone;"
Page 14, comma struck after 'Iron,' "reported that there is ironstone;"
Page 24, 'it' capitalised to 'It,' "It is observed that they have"
Page 24, 'It' capitalized to 'It,' "It is noted that they have"
Page 25, 'peice' changed to 'peece,' "five shillings a peece,"
Page 25, 'piece' changed to 'piece,' "five shillings a piece,"
Page 25, 'vnder' changed to 'Vnder,' "egresse being Vnder water"
Page 25, 'under' changed to 'Under,' "egress being Under water"
Page 26, 'affoords' changed to 'affords,' "as the Countrey affords:"
Page 26, 'affoords' changed to 'affords,' "as the Country affords:"
Page 29, 'seggy' changed to 'sedgy,' "by reedy and sedgy places,"
Page 29, 'seggy' changed to 'sedgy,' "by reedy and sedgy places,"
Page 32, 'Hhving' changed to 'Having,' "Having done with these,"
Page 32, 'Hhving' changed to 'Having,' "Having finished with these,"
Page 32, second 'and' struck, "and is likely to prove"
Page 32, second 'and' struck, "and will probably prove"
Page 33, colon changed to comma, "and one wide, and a foot thicke;"
Page 33, comma changed to comma, "and one wide, and a foot thick;"
Page 36, sidenote 'Wessagustus' changed to 'Wessaguscus.'
Page 36, sidenote 'Wessagustus' changed to 'Wessaguscus.'
Page 36, 'Wessagutus' changed to 'Wessaguscus,' "which is called Wessaguscus an Indian"
Page 36, 'Wessagutus' changed to 'Wessaguscus,' "which is called Wessaguscus an Indian"
Page 36, 'aud' changed to 'and,' "having Acornes and Clamms"
Page 36, 'and' changed to 'and,' "having Acorns and Clams"
Page 37, 'Alewiues' changed to 'Alewives,' "although there come no Alewives,"
Page 37, 'Alewives' changed to 'Alewives,' "even though there are no Alewives,"
Page 41, 'bound' changed to 'abound,' "abound with Woods, and Water,"
Page 41, 'bound' changed to 'abound,' "abound with Woods, and Water,"
Page 42, 'weire' changed to 'wayre,' "without any wayre at all,"
Page 42, 'weire' changed to 'wayre,' "without any wayre at all,"
Page 43, 'Sangus' changed to 'Saugus,' "Northeast from Saugus lyeth Salem,"
Page 43, 'Sangus' changed to 'Saugus,' "Northeast from Saugus lies Salem,"
Page 44, 'ravenons' changed to 'ravenous,' "are the ravenous Woolves,"
Page 44, 'ravenons' changed to 'ravenous,' "are the ravenous Wolves,"
Page 45, 'weed' changed to 'weede,' "this weede is ranck poyson,"
Page 45, 'weed' changed to 'weede,' "this weed is rank poison,"
Page 45, 'bittē' changed to 'bitten,' "whosoever is bitten by"
Page 45, 'bittē' changed to 'bitten,' "whoever is bitten by"
Page 45, 'soundy' changed to 'soundly,' "will sleepe so soundly that I"
Page 45, 'soundy' changed to 'soundly,' "will sleep so soundly that I"
Page 47, 'yere' changed to 'yeare,' "first yeare, never swell the second:"
Page 47, 'yere' changed to 'year,' "first year, never swell the second:"
Page 49, 'fish' added, "fish or flesh for their labour"
Page 49, 'fish' added, "fish or meat for their work"
Page 49, 'affoords' changed to 'affords,' "sure Middlesex affords London no better"
Page 49, 'affords' changed to 'affords,' "sure Middlesex affords London no better"
Page 49, second 'and' struck, "and what to carry"
Page 49, second 'and' struck, "and what to bring"
Page 51, 'wel' changed to 'well,' "well accommodated with servants."
Page 51, 'wel' changed to 'well,' "well accommodated with servants."
Page 51, 'iudustrious' changed to 'industrious,' "hath an industrious family,"
Page 51, 'iudustrious' changed to 'industrious,' "has an industrious family,"
Page 52, 'hous-hold-stuffe' changed to 'household-stuffe,' "All manner of household-stuffe"
Page 52, 'household-stuffe' changed to 'household stuff,' "All manner of household stuff"
Page 52, 'ann' changed to 'and,' "both broad and pitching-axes."
Page 52, 'and' changed to 'and,' "both broad and pitching axes."
Page 52, 'vtensils' changed to 'Vtensils,' "all Vtensils for the Sea,"
Page 52, 'utensils' changed to 'Utensils,' "all Utensils for the Sea,"
Page 53, second 'is' struck, "There is as much freedome"
Page 53, second 'is' struck, "There is as much freedom"
Page 54, second 'too' struck, "too curious objections,"
Page 54, second 'too' struck, "too curious objections,"
Page 55, 'two' changed to 'too,' "would it be too little"
Page 55, 'two' changed to 'too,' "would it be too little"
Page 55, 'likly' changed to 'likely,' "never likely to remove"
Page 55, 'likely' changed to 'likely,' "never likely to remove"
Page 56, 'Narraganssts' changed to 'Narragansets,' "called Pequants, and Narragansets;"
Page 56, 'Narraganssts' changed to 'Narragansets,' "called Pequants, and Narragansets;"
Page 58, 'wherupon' changed to 'whereupon,' "whereupon they led him bound"
Page 58, 'whereupon' changed to 'whereupon,' "whereupon they led him bound"
Page 58, 'thy' changed to 'they,' "under which they march"
Page 58, 'they' changed to 'they,' "under which they march"
Page 59, 'inhabibiting' changed to 'inhabiting,' "A Sagamore inhabiting neere"
Page 59, 'inhabibiting' changed to 'inhabiting,' "A Sagamore inhabiting near"
Page 59, semi-colon changed to full stop, "or loose the saddle. His"
Page 59, semi-colon changed to a full stop, "or lose the saddle. His"
Page 62, 'thē' changed to 'them,' "they make them of greene,"
Page 62, 'thē' changed to 'them,' "they make them of green,"
Page 63, 'bewray' changed to 'betray,' "or gray haire betray their age"
Page 63, 'betray' changed to 'betray,' "or gray hair betray their age"
Page 67, comma inserted after 'trenchers,' "without either trenchers, napkins, or knives,"
Page 67, comma inserted after 'trenchers,' "without either plates, napkins, or knives,"
Page 67, 'Squoutersquashes' changed to 'Isquoutersquashes,' "Isquoutersquashes is their best bread,"
Page 67, 'Squoutersquashes' changed to 'Isquoutersquashes,' "Isquoutersquashes is their best bread,"
Page 68, 'thē' changed to 'them,' "feed them little better"
Page 68, 'them' changed to 'them,' "feed them a little better"
Page 68, 'Sūmer' changed to 'Summer,' "In Summer they must"
Page 68, 'Sūmer' changed to 'Summer,' "In Summer they must"
Page 68, 'with' changed to 'With,' "With this strange viaticum"
Page 68, 'With' changed to 'With,' "With this strange viaticum"
Page 71, 'Naragansets' changed to 'Narragansets,' "from the Narragansets who traded"
Page 71, 'Narragansets' changed to 'Narragansets,' "from the Narragansets who traded"
Page 71, 'Beere' changed to 'Deere,' "haunch of a fat Deere,"
Page 71, 'Beere' changed to 'Deer,' "haunch of a fat Deer,"
Page 72, 'wel' changed to 'well,' "who are as well acquainted with"
Page 72, 'wel' changed to 'well,' "who are as well acquainted with"
Page 72, 'atachment' changed to 'attachment,' "fearing attachment, conviction,"
Page 72, 'attachment' changed to 'attachment,' "fearing attachment, conviction,"
Page 73, 'Sagomore' changed to 'Sagamore,' "An Indian Sagamore once"
Page 73, 'Sagamore' changed to 'Sagamore,' "An Indian Sagamore once"
Page 74, 'angrer' changed to 'anger,' "yet anger-boyling blood"
Page 74, 'anger' changed to 'anger,' "yet anger-boiling blood"
Page 74, 'lamentables' changed to 'lamentable,' "the lamentable effects of rage;"
Page 74, 'lamentables' changed to 'lamentable,' "the lamentable effects of rage;"
Page 76, 'enformed' changed to 'informed,' "fully informed of their intent"
Page 76, 'enformed' changed to 'informed,' "fully informed of their intent"
Page 77, 'Black-moore' changed to 'Black-more,' "poore wandring Black-more,"
Page 77, 'Black-more' changed to 'Black-more,' "poor wandering Black-more,"
Page 83, 'somtimes' changed to 'sometimes,' "sometimes roaring like a Beare,"
Page 83, 'sometimes' changed to 'sometimes,' "sometimes roaring like a Bear,"
Page 84, 'seven' changed to 'seaven,' "altered in seaven or eight yeares,"
Page 84, 'seven' changed to 'seaven,' "changed in seven or eight years,"
Page 87, 'winked' changed to 'winged,' "and nimble winged Pigeon"
Page 87, 'winked' changed to 'winged,' "and nimble winged Pigeon"
Page 87, 'markemen' changed to 'marksmen,' "as these Indians be good marksmen,"
Page 87, 'marksmen' changed to 'marksmen,' "as these Indians are good marksmen,"
Page 87, 'yong' changed to 'young,' "when they are very young."
Page 87, 'yong' changed to 'young,' "when they are very young."
Page 88, 'yeere' changed to 'yeare,' "in that time of the yeare,"
Page 88, 'year' changed to 'year,' "in that time of the year,"
Page 88, 'Musquashies' changed to 'Musquashes,' "Otters, Beavers, Musquashes,"
Page 88, 'Musquashies' changed to 'Musquashes,' "Otters, Beavers, Musquashes,"
Page 88, 'accidentatall' changed to 'accidentall,' "of some accidentall passinger;"
Page 88, 'accidentatall' changed to 'accidentall,' "of some accidental passenger;"
Page 89, comma following '14' changed to full stop, "12. 14. and 16. some 18. foote long"
Page 89, comma after '14' replaced with a full stop, "12. 14. and 16. some 18. feet long"
Page 90, 'Burcthen' changed to 'Burtchen,' "made of Burtchen rindes,"
Page 90, 'Burtchen' changed to 'Burtchen,' "made of Burtchen rinds,"
Page 90, 'weater' changed to 'weather,' "in frostie weather"
Page 90, 'weater' changed to 'weather,' "in frosty weather"
Page 91, 'exclnding' changed to 'excluding,' "excluding L and R,"
Page 91, 'excluding' changed to 'excluding,' "excluding L and R,"
Page 92, 'doe' changed to 'doth,' "doth something differ in their"
Page 92, 'doe' changed to 'does,' "does something differ in their"
Page 92, 'threed' changed to 'thread,' "the thread of their dayes"
Page 92, 'threed' changed to 'thread,' "the thread of their days"
Page 93, 'whō' changed to 'whom,' "whom they account unworthy"
Page 93, 'whō' changed to 'whom,' "whom they consider unworthy"
Page 96, 'hubands' changed to 'husbands,' "they are their husbands Caterers,"
Page 96, 'hubands' changed to 'husbands,' "they are their husbands' caterers,"
Page 96, comma struck after 'Beaver,' "his wives Beaver petticote,"
Page 96, comma struck after 'Beaver,' "his wives Beaver petticoat,"
Page 97, 'salvage' changed to 'savage,' "and savage inhumanitie,"
Page 97, 'salvage' changed to 'savage,' "and savage inhumanity,"
Nomenclator C, 'drinke' changed to 'smoake,' "Coetop will you smoake Tobaco"
Nomenclator C, 'drinke' changed to 'smoke,' "Coetop will you smoke Tobacco"
Nomenclator M, 'brees' changed to 'brows,' "Mamanock the eye brows"
Nomenclator M, 'brees' changed to 'brows,' "Mamanock the eyebrows"
Nomenclator N, 'Taunais' changed to 'Naunais,' "Naunais my daughter"
Nomenclator N, 'Taunais' changed to 'Naunais,' "Naunais my daughter"
Nomenclator O, 'Vnquagh' changed to 'Onquagh,' "Onquagh saw au you are cunning"
Nomenclator O, 'Vnquagh' changed to 'Onquagh,' "Onquagh saw au you are cunning"
Nomenclator Q, full stop struck after 'Quenops,' "Quenops be quiet"
Nomenclator Q, period placed after 'Quenops,' "Quenops be quiet"
Nomenclator S, 'snmmer' changed to 'summer,' "Sequan the summer"
Nomenclator S, 'snmmer' changed to 'summer,' "Sequan the summer"
Nomenclator Y, all entries regularised to begin with a capital letter.
Nomenclator Y, all entries standardized to start with a capital letter.
Nomenclator Moneths, '16' changed to '19,' "Nappawsoquoquin appause 19 moneths"
Nomenclator Moneths, '16' changed to '19,' "Nappawsoquoquin appause 19 months"
Nomenclator Moneths, 'Neefnishicke' changed to 'Neesnischicke,' "Neesnischicke appon a quit appause 21 moneths"
Nomenclator Moneths, 'Neefnishicke' changed to 'Neesnischicke,' "Neesnischicke upon a quick pause 21 months"
Nomenclator Sagamores, 'Sagamoes' changed to 'Sagamores,' "Two Sagamores of Nipust."
Nomenclator Sagamores, 'Sagamores' changed from 'Sagamoes,' "Two Sagamores of Nipust."
Nomenclator Sagamores, full stop struck after 'Nattonanite.'
Nomenclator Sagamores, after 'Nattonanite.'
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!